Kline Technical Units Service Tools and Accessories WEB PDF

Technical Data Sheet Product Line
Technical Units – Table of Contents Upper Completions
SERVICE TOOLS Page

Crest III Packer 3
CPW Retrievable Squeeze Packer 43
CPW Perf Wash Packer with Rod Assembly 79
Transpack Cementer 106
K-10 Packer 146
WLTC Retrievable Bridge Plug 165
SERVICE ACCESSORIES
Spring Loaded Overshot 227
KH Locking Compression Unloader 240
KTC Tension Unloader 264
WLTC Ball Catcher 275
WLTC Wireline Adapter Kit 286
Tubing Swivel 293
Mechanical Collar Locater 302
Pressure Balanced Equalizing Valve 316
PRODUCTION TOOLS
KS1-XW Packer 320
BDT Dual Tension Packer 394
Hydraulic Tandem Packer 402
Big Bore Tubing Packer 424
Scab Liner Assembly 428
Lockdown Anchor 464
Tubing Anchor/Catcher 511
Dual String Anchor 530
Downhole Swivel Joint 533
Downhole Shutoff Valve 536
PRODUCTION ACCESSORIES
KT-2 On/Off Tool 542
For more information

Visit www.rubicon-oilfield.com or contact your local sales office
Domestic and international patents and trademarks granted and/or applied for where applicable
Kline Oilfield Equipment │Tulsa │Oklahoma │ +1 918 445 0588
Reference: January 2019 HOME OF KLINE TOOLS
Crest Packer 5-1/2” X 2-3/8” Upper Completions
The Crest III Packer is a weight set service packer for high pressure remedial work such as acidizing,
fracturing, and squeeze cementing. It sets with minimal tubing manipulation and will withstand differential
pressure from above or below.
A large integral fluid bypass allows the packer to be run quickly with minimal chance of swabbing off packing
elements or dulling hold down slips. No rotation is required to retrieve the tool, and it equalizes via the fluid
bypass with the first upward movement.
When set, a balance piston is actuated as pressure increases, exerting downward force on the inner mandrel,
thus ensuring the integral fluid bypass is not pumped open. Standard equipment includes carbide tipped hold
down slips, lower slips and drag blocks.
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Casing Tool
SIZE WEIGHT OD ID CONNECTIONS PART NUMBER
13.5-15.5# 4.781”
5-1/2” 14-20# 4.641” 1.94 2-3/8 EUE 8 Rd 101-5520-XXXX
20-23# 4.500”
Features
• High pressure service grade packer
• Large integral fluid bypass
• Straight pull to release
J-slot configurations
• Right hand auto
• Left hand auto
• Right hand manual
• Left hand manual
Re-dress kits and rubber goods kits:

• 101-5520-4XXX – RDK
• 101-5520-8XXX – RGK

Reference: TU-101-5520 - 2019 January HOME OF KLINE TOOLS
SPECIFICATIONS
ATTRIBUTE VALUE
Maximum OD1 4.515 in 114.7 mm
Minimum ID 1.923 in 48.8 mm
Overall Length 88.63 in 2,251.2 mm
Piston Pressure Affected Area 3.69 in2 23.81 cm2
2
Mandrel Pressure Affected Area 2.94 in 18.97 cm2
2
Fluid Bypass Area 1.245 in 8.03 cm2
Approximate Weight 129.7 lb. 58.8 kg
External Working Pressure 10,000 psi 48,263 KPa
Internal Working Pressure 10,000 psi 48,263 KPa
Max Working Temperature2 275 °F 135 °C
Min Working Temperature 70 °F 21 °C
Elastomer Material NBR (Buna-Nitrile)
Tensile Rating 77,000 lbf. 34,251 DaN
NACE Service No
(1) Mandrel PAA acts to unset the tool while the Piston PAA holds the tool set.
(2) Other elastomer materials available upon request.
(3) Base tool max diameter only. Gage diameters could be larger.
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
NOTE: Ensure all connections are correctly tightened.
Setting Procedures:
1.1 Run packer to desired setting depth. The fluid bypass will remain open while running, to minimize
swabbing of packing elements or dulling of Hold Down Slips.
1.2 Pick up tubing and rotate (right or left hand, depending on j-slots) 1/2 turn at the packer.
1.3 Slack off weight to close the bypass, set the slips, and pack off the elements. For this, 9,000 lb. should be
sufficient.
1.4 At this time, pressure work can be performed above or below the packer. Tubing pressure will activate the
hold down slips to prevent upward movement, and the Balance Piston will hold the Mandrel down at the
bypass closed.
Releasing Procedures:
1.5 To release the Crest Packer, simply pick up the tubing string slowly. The bypass will open immediately,
causing the tubing and annulus pressures to begin to equalize, and releasing the hold down slips.
1.6 The packer can now be pulled from the well or re-set in another location. With automatic J-Slots, the
packer can now be moved downhole. With manual J-Slots, the packer will have to be re-engaged by
rotating ½ turn in the opposite direction from that used to set the tool.

ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS
NOTE: Care should be taken during assembly to insure all threads are greased adequately.
CAUTION: the top end of the mandrel must be filed smooth above the split ring groove before beginning. The short length below the groove
is a seal surface.
1.7 Assemble Balance Piston (11) with O-Ring (10) installed into Balance Piston Housing (12) and slide onto
upper end of Mandrel (4).
1.8 Install Bypass Seal (9) and O-Ring (8) into Seal Retainer (6), slide onto Mandrel (4) just beyond groove at
top end, then install Split Ring (7) into groove and screw Seal Retainer Cap (5) onto Seal Retainer (6).
1.9 Screw Top (1), with O-Ring (2) onto Mandrel (4) and clamp in vise.
1.10 Install Hold Down Slips (16), with O-Rings (15) installed, into holes in the side of Hold Down Receptacle
(17). Install Hold Down Springs (18) into counterbores in Hold Down Slips (16) and retain with Hold Down
Straps (20) and Hold Down Screws (19).
1.11 Screw Upper Element Gage (21) [LEFT HAND THREAD] onto Receptacle (17) and install O-Rings (13 &
22) inside Receptacle (17).
1.12 Slide the following items on the top end of Packing Mandrel (25): Element Retainer (26), Packing Elements
(24), and Element Spacers (23).
1.13 Screw Element Assembly from previous step above into bottom end of Hold Down Receptacle (17), then
slide this assembly onto lower end of Mandrel (4) and screw into Balance Piston Housing (12).
Caution: Be careful to tighten this thread with the balance piston housing in vise, not the mandrel.
DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS
The following steps will break packer into sub-assemblies. Refer to assembly instructions to disassemble sub-assemblies, noting the Left Hand
Threads indicated on drawing.
1.14 With Top Sub (1) in vise, un-jay packer and slide Control Body (37) up as far as possible. Remove all 9
Thread Lock Set Screws (3, 38, & 40). While backing up on top end of Mandrel (4), remove Bottom Sub
(39).
1.15 Unscrew Cone (27) from Element Retainer (26) and slide the Slip/Drag Block sub-assembly off bottom of
Mandrel (4) and set aside.
1.16 With pin through holes in Element Retainer (26) and Packing Mandrel (25), unscrew Packing Mandrel from
Hold Down Receptacle (17). Slide this sub –assembly off bottom end of Mandrel (4) and set aside.

1.17 Break Mandrel (4) out of Top Sub (1), then unscrew Seal Retainer Cap (5) from Seal Retainer (6) and
remove these parts and Split Ring (7).
CONTROL BODY SELECTION CHART

J-SLOT CONFIGURATION PART NUMBER
Right Hand Manual 61614-K
Left Hand Manual 62615-K
Right Hand Auto 62612-K
Left Hand Auto 62613-K
1.18 With Balance Piston Housing (12) in vise, break off Hold Down Receptacle (17) and slide off bottom end of
Mandrel (4). Slide Balance Piston Housing (12) off top end of Mandrel (4) and remove Balance Piston (11)
from inside.

10A-5520-XXXX PARTS LIST
ITEM QTY DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

13.5-15.5# 14-20# 20-23#
(4.781” OD) (4.641” OD) (4.500” OD)
1 1 Top 00025
2 2 O-Ring 19228
3 3 5/16”-18 Nc X 1/2” Socket Set Screw 11158C
4 1 Mandrel Acme X Acme 41262
5 1 Seal Retainer Cap 41350
6 1 Seal Retainer 41360
7 1 Split Ring 41370
8 1 O-Ring 19335
9 1 Bypass Seal 609-55-523
10 1 O-Ring 19341
11 1 Balance Piston 60920
12 1 Balance Piston Housing 41340
13 1 O-Ring 19236
14 1 Piston Gage 40942 40940 40941
15 8 O-Ring 19224
16 8 Hold Down Slip 50323 50322 50321
17 1 Hold Down Receptacle 41270
18 16 Hold Down Slip Spring 50329
19 12 Hold Down Screw 11458C
20 4 Hold Down Strap 41290
21 1 Upper Gage Ring 40952 40950 40951
22 1 O-Ring 19233
23 2 Rubber Spacer 80600
24 3 Element 602-58-51X 602-55-51X 602-57-51X
25 1 Packing Sleeve 41310
26 1 Element Retainer 53780 53781 53782
27 1 Cone 53801
28 1 Recovery Sleeve Cap 41330
29 1 Slip Housing 53830
30 4 Slip Spring 51789
31 4 #10-24 Nc X 1/4" Socket Cap Screw 11236C
32 4 Carbide Button Slip 055CJ
33 1 Recovery Sleeve 41320 41321
34 1 Drag Block Retainer 61690
35 30 Drag Block Spring 50100
36 6 Drag Block 50560 50550 50450
37 1 Control Body Assembly SEE CHART
39 1 Acme Bottom 41230

10A-5520-XXXX ASSEMBLY DRAWING

Reference: TU-101-5520 - 2019 January
HOME OF KLINE TOOLS
10A-5520-XXXX DIMENSIONS
DIMENSION MEASUREMENT
A 3.250 in 82.55 mm
B 1.923 in 47.63 mm
C SEE GAGE CHART SEE GAGE CHART
D SEE GAGE CHART SEE GAGE CHART
E 9.298 in 236.17 mm
F 13.750 in 349.25 mm
G 18.313 in 465.15 mm
H 28.063 in 712.80 mm
J 40.500 in 1,028.70 mm
K 64.875 in 1,647.83 mm

Reference: TU-101-5520 - 2019 January
HOME OF KLINE TOOLS
EU8RD Crest III Packer 4-1/2” 5” X 2-3/8” Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS
CASING WEIGHT MAX O.D. MIN.I.D. CONNECTIONS
4-1/2" 9.5-13.5# 3.771"
2-3/8" EU8RD BOX
15-18# 4.125" 1.875"
5" X PIN
11.5-15# 4.250"
DESCRIPTION
The Crest III packer is a weight set service packer for high pressure remedial work, including acidizing, fracturing, squeeze cementing, and others. It
will set with minimal tubing manipulation and will withstand differential pressure from above or below. A large integral fluid bypass allows the
packer to be run quickly, with reduced chance of swabbing off packing elements or dulling hold down slips. No rotation is required to retrieve, and
its equalizing valve opens with the first upward movement. Carbide tipped hold down slips, lower slips, and drag blocks are standard equipment.

Reference: TU1004 - 2019 January HOME OF KLINE TOOLS
EU8RD Crest III Packer 4-1/2” 5” X 2- Upper Completions
3/8”
PART NUMBERS
KEY # QTY PART # NAME KEY# QTY PART # NAME KEY# QTY PART# NAME
HOLD
1 1 40510 TOP SUB 14 1 41220 DOWN 27 1 41120 SLIP HOUSING
RECEPTACLE
HOLD
SEE
2 1 19231 O-RING 15 12 11433F DOWN 28 4 LOWER SLIP
CHARTS
SCREW
THREAD LOCK
3 3 11166C 16 8 19125 O-RING 29 4 50725 LOWER SLIP SPRING
SET SCREW
HOLD
4 1 41242 MANDREL 17 16 50319 DOWN 30 4 11336C LOWER SLIP SCREW
SPRING
SEAL
SEE HOLD THREAD LOCK SET
5 1 41170 RETAINER 18 8 31 3 11156C
CHARTS DOWN SLIP SCREW
CAP
SEE DRAG BLOCK
6 1 41150 SPLIT RING 19 1 17146 O-RING 32 1
CHARTS RETAINER
UPPER
SEE SEE
7 1 19334 O-RING 20 1 ELEMENT 33 4 DRAG BLOCK
CHARTS CHARTS
GAGE
SEE PACKING DRAG BLOCK
8 1 60945523 BYPASS SEAL 21 3 34 16 * 50100
CHARTS ELEMENT SPRING
SEAL SEE ELEMENT SEE
9 1 41160 22 2 35 1 CONTROL BODY
RETAINER CHARTS SPACER CHARTS
BALANCE
PACKING
10 1 SEE CHARTS PISTON 23 1 41180 36 1 41250 RECOVERY SLEEVE
SLEEVE
HOUSING
SEE ELEMENT THREAD LOCK SET
11 1 19337 O-RING 24 1 37 3 11155C
CHARTS RETAINER SCREW
BALANCE
12 1 41210 25 1 53490 CONE 38 1 19228 O-RING
PISTON
RECOVERY
13 1 19233 O-RING 26 1 41140 39 1 41230 BOTTOM SUB
SLEEVE CAP
* The 5" size uses 20 drag block springs 40 4 41200 HOLD DOWN STRAP

3/8”
DRESSING CHART
5"(11.5-
ITEM 4-1/2" 5"(15-18#)
15#)
Upper Element Gage 41190 41192 41191
Packing Element * 602-45-51X 602-50-51X
Element Spacer 81640 53475
Element Retainer 53460 44261 44260
Lower Slip 045PK 050PK
Hold Down Slip 50311 50312 50313
Balance Piston Housing 82265 82267 82266
Drag Block 50450 50560 50570
Drag Block Retainer 41130 60970
* Replace the x in part number with durometer: 0 for 60, 1 for 70, 2 for 80, or 3 for 90.

Right Hand Manual 62571

Left Hand Manual 62572
Right Hand Automatic 62574
Left Hand Automatic 62573
Fluid Bypass Area: 1.000 Sq. In.

Affected Area Of Balance Piston: 2.526 Sq. In.
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
A B C D E F G H J K* L M N
3.06 2.50 3.75 2.19 3.75 See Specifications 6.00 7.69 2.50 1.94 13.38 5.38 60.31
* WITH PACKER IN POSITION SHOWN

3/8”
1. ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
The following instructions do not list steps that are obvious to a trained tool hand, such as application of grease or being
careful with seal surfaces.
Caution: The top end of the mandrel (4) must be filed smooth above the split ring groove before beginning. The short
length below the groove is a seal surface.
1.1 Assemble balance piston (12) with O-ring (11) installed, into balance piston housing (10) and slide onto
upper end of mandrel (4).
1.2 Install bypass seal (8) and O-ring (7) into seal retainer (9), slide onto mandrel just beyond groove at top
end, then install split ring (6) into groove and screw seal retainer cap (5) onto seal retainer. Screw top (1),
with O-ring (2) onto mandrel and clamp in vise.
1.3 Install hold down slips (18), with O-rings (16) installed, into holes in the side of hold down receptacle (14).
Install hold down springs (17) into counterbores in hold down slips and retain with hold down straps (40)
and hold down screws (15). Screw upper element gage (20) (left hand thread) onto receptacle, and install
O-rings (13 & 19) inside.
1.4 Slide the following items on the top end of packing mandrel (23): element retainer (24), packing elements
(21) and element spacers (22).
1.5 Screw element assembly from step above into bottom end of hold down receptacle, then slide this
assembly onto lower end of mandrel and screw into balance piston housing.
1.6 Assemble drag blocks (33) and drag block springs (34) into control body (35) and retain with drag block
retainer (32). Screw slip housing (27) onto control body (left hand thread).
1.7 Slide recovery sleeve (36) through bottom of control body part way and install lower slips (28), with slip
springs (29) installed, into slip housing windows. Then push recovery sleeve in to stop.
1.8 Slide cone (25) into top end of control body and over recovery sleeve, then screw recovery sleeve cap (26)
onto recovery sleeve. Tighten this thread now, with one pin inserted through holes in cone and cap, and
another through holes in control body (between slips) and in recovery sleeve.
1.9 Slide assembly from step above over lower end of mandrel. Screw cone into element retainer, then
bottom sub (39), with O-ring (38) installed, onto bottom end of mandrel.
1.10 Install all 9 thread lock set screws (3, 31, 37) in top sub, slip housing and bottom sub, then tighten all
threads. To tighten packing mandrel to hold down receptacle, insert pin through holes in element
retainer and in packing mandrel.

3/8”
2. DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
Note: The following steps will break packer into sub-assemblies. Refer to assembly instructions to disassemble.
Sub-assemblies, noting the left-hand threads indicated on drawing.
2.1. With top sub (1) in vise, un-jay packer and slide control body (35) up as far as possible. Remove all 9
thread lock set screws (3, 31, 37). While backing up on top end of mandrel (4), remove bottom sub (39).
2.2. Unscrew cone (25) from element retainer (24) and slide the slip/drag block sub-assembly off bottom of
mandrel and set aside.
2.3. With pin through holes in element retainer and packing mandrel (23), unscrew packing mandrel from hold
down receptacle (14). Slide this sub-assembly of bottom end of mandrel and set aside.
2.4. Break mandrel out of top sub, then unscrew seal retainer cap (5) from seal retainer (9) and remove these
parts and split ring (6).
2.5. With balance piston housing (10) in vise, break off hold down receptacle and slide off bottom end of
mandrel. Slide balance piston housing off top end of mandrel and remove balance piston (12) from
inside.
3. SETTING PROCEDURES
3.1. Run packer to setting depth. The fluid bypass will remain open while running, to minimize swabbing of
packing elements or dulling of hold down slips.
3.2. Pick up tubing and rotate (right or left hand, depending on J-slots) 1/2 turn at the packer. Slack off
weight to close the bypass, set the slips, and pack off the elements. For this size, 9,000 lb. Should be
sufficient.
3.3. At this time, pressure work can be performed above or below the packer.
3.4. Tubing pressure will activate the hold down slips to prevent upward movement, and the balance piston
will hold the mandrel down and the bypass closed.
4. RELEASING PROCEDURES
4.1. To release the crest packer, simply pick up the tubing string slowly. The bypass will open immediately,
4.2. The packer can now be pulled from the well or re-set in another location.
4.3. With automatic J-slots, the packer can now be moved downhole.
4.4. With manual J-slots, the packer will have to be re-engaged by rotating 1/2 turn in the opposite direction
from that used to set the tool.

EU8RD Crest III Packer Upper Completions
7” X 2-7/8”
SPECIFICATIONS
17-26# 6.078"
23-29# 5.969"
7" 2.50" 2-7/8" EU8RD BOX X PIN
26-35# 5.844"
32-38# * 5.750"
* Can also be used in 6-
5/8"(20-24#) casing
1. DESCRIPTION
The Crest III packer is a weight set service packer for high pressure remedial work, including acidizing, fracturing, squeeze cementing, and
others. It will set with minimal tubing manipulation and will withstand differential pressure from above or below. A large integral fluid
bypass allows the packer to be run quickly, with reduced chance of swabbing off packing elements or dulling hold down slips. No rotation is
required to retrieve, and its equalizing valve opens with the first upward movement. Carbide tipped hold down slips, lower slips, and drag
blocks are standard equipment.

7” X 2-7/8”
PART NUMBERS
1 1 00027 Top Sub 14 1 See Charts Piston Gage 27 1 64620 Packing Sleeve
2 2 19232 O-Ring 15 1 64530 Hold Down Receptacle 28 1 54100 Cone
3 7 11168C Thread Lock Set Screw 16 8 See Charts Hold Down Slip 29 1 64580 Recovery Sleeve Cap
4 1 64522 Mandrel 17 8 19230 O-Ring 30 1 54080 Slip Housing
5 1 64630 Seal Retainer Cap 18 12 11450c Hold Down Screw 31 4 070cj Lower Slip
6 1 64550 Split Ring 19 16 50409 Hold Down Spring 32 4 11238c Slip Spring Screw
7 1 19339 O-Ring 20 4 64600 Hold Down Strap 33 8 51778 Slip Spring
8 1 31720 Bypass Seal 21 1 19240 O-Ring 34 1 53050 Drag Block Retainer
9 1 64640 Seal Retainer 22 1 See Charts Upper Element Gage 35 6 See Charts Drag Block
10 1 64610 Balance Piston Housing 23 3 See Charts Packing Element 36 36 50110 Drag Block Spring
11 1 19349 O-Ring 24 2 See Charts Element Spacer 37 1 See Charts Control Body
12 1 64570 Balance Piston 25 1 See Charts Lower Element Gage 38 1 64560 Bottom Sub
13 1 19343 O-Ring 26 1 54120 Element Retainer 39 1 64590 Recovery Sleeve
DRESSING CHART CONTROL BODY SELECTION CHART

ITEM 17-26# 23-29# 26-35# 32-38#
Right Hand Manual 62662
Piston Gage 64501 64500 64502 64504
Left Hand Manual 62661
Hold Down Slip 50403 50402 50401
Upper Element Gage 64511 64510 64517 64514
Packing Element * 602-72-51X 602-70-51X 602-68-51X
Element Spacer 80590 80595
Fluid Bypass Area: 1.804 Sq. In.
Lower Element Gage 80571 80570 80572 80573
Affected Area of Balance Piston: 7.523 Sq. In.
Drag Block 50800 50700 50600
* Replace the x in part number with durometer: 0 for 60, 1 for 70, 2 for 80, or 3 for 90.

7” X 2-7/8”

DIMENSIONS (IN.)
A B C D E F G H J K* L M N P
3.75 3.25 4.50 2.88 5.62 SEE SPECIFICATIONS 7.00 3.38 3.00 16.06 5.81 12.50 8.94 75.38
* WITH PACKER IN POSITION SHOWN
The following instructions do not list steps that are obvious to a trained tool hand, such as application of grease or
being careful with seal surfaces.
Caution: The top end of the mandrel (4) must be filed smooth above the split ring groove before beginning. The short length below the groove is
a seal surface.
1.1. Assemble balance piston (12) with O-ring (11) installed, into balance piston housing (10) and slide onto
1.2. Install bypass seal (8) and O-ring (7) into seal retainer (9), slide onto mandrel just beyond groove at top
with O-ring (2) onto mandrel and clamp in vise.
1.3. Install hold down slips (16), with O-rings (17) installed, into holes in the side of hold down receptacle (15).
and hold down screws (18). Screw piston gage (14) and upper element gage (22) (left hand thread) onto
receptacle and install O-rings (13 & 21) inside.
1.4. Slide the following items on the top end of packing mandrel (27): element retainer (26), packing elements
1.5. Screw element assembly from step above into bottom end of hold down receptacle, then slide this
1.6. Assemble drag blocks (35) and drag block springs (36) into control body (37) and retain with drag block
1.7. Slide recovery sleeve (39) through bottom of control body part way and install lower slips (31), with slip
1.8. Slide cone (28) into top end of control body and over recovery sleeve, then screw recovery sleeve cap (29)
another through holes in control body (between slips) and in recovery sleeve.
1.9. Slide assembly from step above over lower end of mandrel. Screw cone into element retainer, then
1.10. Install all 7 thread lock set screws (3) in top sub, slip housing and bottom sub, then tighten all threads. To
tighten packing mandrel to hold down receptacle, insert pin through holes in element retainer and in
packing mandrel.

Kline Oilfield Equipment │Tulsa │Oklahoma │ +1 918 445 0588 HOME OF KLINE TOOLS
Reference: TU1006 - 2019 January
7” X 2-7/8”
Note: The following steps will break packer into sub-assemblies. Refer to assembly instructions to disassemble sub-assemblies, noting the left hand
threads indicated on drawing.
thread lock set screws (3). While backing up on top end of mandrel (4), remove bottom sub (38).
down receptacle (15). Slide this sub-assembly off bottom end of mandrel and set aside.
inside.
3.2. Pick up tubing and rotate (right or left hand, depending on j-slots) 1/2 turn at the packer. Slack off weight
to close the bypass, set the slips, and pack off the elements.
3.3. For this size, 14,000 lb. should be sufficient.

Kline Oilfield Equipment │Tulsa │Oklahoma │ +1 918 445 0588 HOME OF KLINE TOOLS
4” X 2-3/8”
SPECIFICATIONS
2-3/8" EU8RD BOX

4" 9.5 - 11.6# 3.281" 1.500"
X PIN
1. Description

4” X 2-3/8”
PART NUMBERS
1 1 44250 Top Sub 14 1 40480 Top Spacer 27 1 40380 Cone
2 1 19225 O-Ring 15 1 40340 Hold Down Receptacle 28 1 40430 Recovery Sleeve
3 3 11158C Thread Lock Screw 16 2 40360 Strap Retainer 29 1 40350 Slip Housing
4 1 44235 Mandrel 17 16 50370 Hold Down Spring 30 3 045PK Lower Slip
5 1 44220 Seal Retainer Cap 18 8 50303 Hold Down Slip 31 3 50725 Lower Slip Spring
6 1 44200 Split Ring 19 8 19120 O-Ring 32 3 11336C Slip Spring Screw
7 1 17227 O-Ring 20 4 40450 Hold Down Strap 33 5 11155C Thread Lock Set Screw
8 1 44210 Seal Retainer 21 1 19227 O-Ring 34 1 40390 Drag Block Retainer
9 1 609-40-523 Bypass Seal 22 1 40400 Upper Element Gage 35 4 50450 Drag Block
10 1 19231 O-Ring 23 3 602-40-51X * Packing Element 36 16 50100 Drag Block Spring
11 1 40490 Balance Piston 24 2 40420 Element Spacer 37 1 SEE CHART Control Body
12 1 40500 Balance Piston Housing 25 1 44240 Element Retainer 38 1 40440 Recovery Sleeve Cap
13 1 19229 O-Ring 26 1 40460 Packing Sleeve 39 1 19224 O-Ring
* Replace the X In Part Number With Durometer: 0 For 60, 1 For 70, 2 For 80, Or 3 For 90. 40 1 43831 Bottom Sub

4” X 2-3/8”

J-Slot Configuration Right Hand Manual Left Hand Manual Right Hand Automatic Left Hand Automatic
Part Number 40372 40374 40373 40371
Fluid Bypass Area: .650 Sq. In. Affected Area of Balance Piston: 1.968 Sq. In.
Notes:
- The following instructions do not list steps that are obvious to a trained tool hand, such as application of grease or being careful with seal
surfaces.
- The top end of the mandrel (4) must be filed smooth above the split ring groove before beginning.
- The short length below the groove is a seal surface.
- This size Crest Packer has no left-hand turns.
- The recovery sleeve cap on this size screws onto the bottom-end of the recovery sleeve.
2.1. Assemble balance piston (11) with O-Ring (10) installed, into balance piston housing (12) and slide onto
2.2. Install bypass seal (9) and O-Ring (7) into seal retainer (8), slide onto mandrel just beyond groove at top
with O-Ring (2) installed, onto mandrel and clamp in vise.
2.3. Install hold down slips (18), with O-Rings (19) installed, into holes in the side of hold down receptacle (15).
and strap retainers (16). Screw upper element gage (22) onto receptacle and install O-Rings (13 & 21)
inside.
\
retainer (34). Screw slip housing (29) onto control body.
2.7. Install lower slips (30), with slip springs (31) installed, into slip housing. Slide recovery sleeve (28) through
upper end of cone (27), then through slip housing and control body.
2.8. Screw recovery sleeve cap (38) onto lower end of recovery sleeve. Tighten this thread now, with one pin
inserted through holes in cone and sleeve, and another through J-slots and notches in cap.
2.9. Slide sub-assembly from step above over mandrel and screw cone into element retainer. Then screw
bottom sub (40) onto bottom end of mandrel.
2.10. Tighten all threads and install 8 thread lock set screws (3 and 33) in top sub, slip housing and bottom sub.
To tighten packing sleeve to hold down receptacle, insert pin through holes in element retainer and
packing sleeve.

HOME OF KLINE TOOLS
4” X 2-3/8”
Note: The following steps will break packer into sub-assemblies. Refer to assembly instructions to disassemble sub-assemblies. This size Crest
Packer has no left-hand threads.
thread lock set screws (3 & 33). While backing up on top end of mandrel (4), remove bottom sub (40).
3.3. With pin through holes in element retainer and packing sleeve (26), unscrew packing sleeve from hold
down receptacle (15). Slide this sub-assembly of bottom end of mandrel and set aside.
inside.
4.2. Pick up tubing and rotate (right or left hand, depending on j-slots) 1/2 turn at the packer.
4.3. Slack off weight to close the bypass, set the slips, and pack off the elements. For this size, 8,000 lb. Should
be sufficient. At this time, pressure work can be performed above or below the packer.
5.4. With manual J-slots, the packer must be re-engaged by rotating 1/2 turn in the opposite direction from
that used to set the tool.

HOME OF KLINE TOOLS
3-1/2” X 1.900”
SPECIFICATIONS
3-1/2" 7.7 - 9.3# 2.844 1.25" 1.900" EU10RD THREAD
DIMENSIONS (IN.) CONTROL BODY SELECTION CHART

A B C D E* F G H J-SLOT CONFIGURATION PART NUMBER
2.50 1.59 2.84 6.38 2.03 11.69 4.25 46.22 Right Hand Manual 55942
* With packer in position shown Left Hand Manual 55940
Fluid bypass area: .341 sq. In. Left Hand Automatic 55945
Affected area of balance piston: 1.478 sq. In.

3-1/2” X 1.900”
PART NUMBERS
1 1 40521 Top Sub 13 2 55840 Strap Retainer 26 1 55910 Recovery Sleeve Cap
2 1 19222 O-Ring 14 12 50370 Hold Down Spring 27 1 55930 Slip Housing
3 2 11156C Thread Lock Set Screw 15 6 50302 Hold Down Slip 28 4 035PK Lower Slip
4 1 19224 O-Ring 16 6 19024 O-Ring 29 4 51790 Lower Slip Spring
5 1 609-35-523 Bypass Seal 17 3 55850 Hold Down Strap 30 4 11334C Lower Slip Screw
6 1 40542 Mandrel 18 1 19032 O-Ring 31 4 11144C Thread Lock Set Screw
7 1 19228 O-Ring 20 1 55860 Upper Element Gage 32 1 40590 Recovery Sleeve
8 1 40570 Balance Piston 21 3 603-34-51X * Packing Element 33 1 40560 Drag Block Retainer
9 1 40580 Balance Piston Housing 22 2 55580 Element Spacer 34 18 50120 Drag Block Spring
10 1 19227 O-Ring 23 1 55870 Packing Sleeve 35 6 50353 Drag Block
11 1 40530 Top Spacer 24 1 55890 Element Retainer 36 1 SEE CHART BELOW Control Body
12 1 40550 Hold Down Receptacle 25 1 55900 Cone 37 1 19128 O-Ring
* Replace the x in part number with 0 for 60 D., 1 for 70 D., 2 for 80 D. or 3 for 90 d. 38 1 55952 Bottom Sub

3-1/2” X 1.900”
Caution: The large O.D. of the mandrel (6) below the upper thread is a seal surface.
upper end of mandrel.
1.2. Install bypass seal (5) and O-Rings (2 & 5) into top sub (1) and screw onto mandrel. Clamp top sub in
vise. Install hold down slips (15), with O-Rings (16) installed, into holes in the side of hold down receptacle
(12).
1.3. Install hold down springs (14) into grooves in hold down slips and retain with hold down straps (17) and
the two strap retainers (13). Screw upper gage (20) onto receptacle and install O-Rings (10 & 18) inside. 4.
1.7. Slide recovery sleeve (32) through bottom of control body part of the way and install lower slips (28), with
slip springs (29) installed, into slip housing windows. Then push recovery sleeve in to stop.
another through j-slots in control body and holes in recovery sleeve.
bottom sub (38), with O-Ring (37) installed, onto bottom end of mandrel.
1.10. Install all 6 thread lock set screws (3 & 31) in top sub, slip housing and bottom sub; then tighten all
threads. To tighten packing mandrel to hold down receptacle, insert pin through holes in element retainer
and slots in packing mandrel.

3-1/2” X 1.900”
Note: The following steps will break packer into sub-assemblies, refer to assembly instructions to disassemble sub-assemblies, noting the left-
hand threat indicated on drawing.
2.4. Break mandrel out of top sub.
2.5. With piston housing (9) in vise, break off hold down receptacle and slide off bottom end of mandrel. Slide
piston housing off top end of mandrel and remove balance piston (8) from inside.
3.2. Pick up tubing and rotate (right or left hand, depending on j-slots) 1/2 turn at the packer.
3.3. Slack off weight to close the bypass, set the slips, and pack off the elements. For this size 7,000 lb. Should
be sufficient. At this time, pressure work can be performed above or below the packer.
4.1. To release the Crest Packer, simply pick up the tubing string slowly. The bypass will open immediately,

3-1/2” H.W. X 1.900”
SPECIFICATIONS
1.900" EU10RD
3-1/2" 9.3 - 10.2# 2.750" 1.25"
THREAD
1. Description

3-1/2” H.W. X 1.900”
PART NUMBERS
1 1 40521 Top Sub 13 2 40230 Strap Retainer 26 1 55910 Recovery Sleeve Cap
2 1 19222 O-Ring 14 12 50370 Hold Down Spring 27 1 40180 Slip Housing
3 2 11156C Thread Lock Set Screw 15 6 50302 Hold Down Slip 28 4 035PK Lower Slip
4 1 19224 O-Ring 16 6 19024 O-Ring 29 4 51790 Lower Slip Spring
5 1 609-35-523 Bypass Seal 17 3 55850 Hold Down Strap 30 4 11334C Lower Slip Screw
6 1 40542 Mandrel 18 1 19032 O-Ring 31 4 11144C Thread Lock Set Screw
7 1 19228 O-Ring 20 1 40220 Upper Element Gage 32 1 40190 Recovery Sleeve
8 1 40160 Balance Piston 21 3 603-34-51X * Packing Element 33 1 40560 Drag Block Retainer
9 1 40170 Balance Piston Housing 22 2 40200 Element Spacer 34 18 50120 Drag Block Spring
10 1 19227 O-Ring 23 1 55870 Packing Sleeve 35 6 50353 Drag Block
11 1 40250 Top Spacer 24 1 40210 Element Retainer 36 1 SEE CHART BELOW Control Body
12 1 40150 Hold Down Receptacle 25 1 55900 Cone 37 1 19128 O-Ring
* Replace the x in part number with 0 for 60 D., 1 for 70 D., 2 for 80 D. or 3 for 90 d. 38 1 40240 Bottom Sub
DIMENSIONS (IN.) CONTROL BODY SELECTION CHART

A B C D E* F G H J-SLOT CONFIGURATION PART NUMBER
2.50 1.59 2.75 6.38 2.03 11.69 4.25 46.22 Right Hand Manual 40141
* With packer in position shown Left Hand Manual 40142
Fluid bypass area: .341 sq. In. Left Hand Automatic 40144

3-1/2” H.W. X 1.900”
The following instructions do not list steps that are obvious to a trained tool hand, such as application of grease or being careful with seal
surfaces.
Caution: The large O.D. of the mandrel (6) below the upper thread is a seal surface.
1.1. Assemble balance piston (8) with O-rings (7) installed, into balance piston housing (9) and slide onto
upper end of mandrel.
1.2. Install bypass seal (5) and O-rings (2 & 5) into top sub (1) and screw onto mandrel. Clamp top sub in vise.
Install hold down springs (14) into grooves in hold down slips and retain with hold down straps (17) and
the two strap retainers (13). Screw upper gage (20) onto receptacle and install O-rings (10 & 18) inside.
1.7. Slide recovery sleeve (32) through bottom of control body part of the way and install lower slips (28), with
slip springs (29) installed, into slip housing windows. Then push recovery sleeve in to stop.
another through j-slots in control body and holes in recovery sleeve.
1.10. Install all 6 thread lock set screws (3 & 31) in top sub, slip housing and bottom sub; then tighten all
threads. To tighten packing mandrel to hold down receptacle, insert pin through holes in element retainer
and slots in packing mandrel.

3-1/2” H.W. X 1.900”
Note: The following steps will break packer into sub-assemblies, refer to assembly instructions to disassemble sub-assemblies, noting the left-
hand thread indicated on drawing.
2.4. Break mandrel out of top sub.
2.5. With piston housing (9) in vise, break off hold down receptacle and slide off bottom end of mandrel. Slide
piston housing off top end of mandrel and remove balance piston (8) from inside.
3.2. Pick up tubing and rotate (right or left hand, depending on J-slots) 1/2 turn at the packer.
3.3. Slack off weight to close the bypass, set the slips, and pack off the elements. For this size 7,000 lb. Should
be sufficient.
4.1. To release the Crest Packer, simply pick up the tubing string slowly. The bypass will open immediately,

Slim Hole Crest III Packer Upper Completions
4-1/2”
SPECIFICATIONS
13.5 - 16.6# 3.562" 2-3/8" EU8RD BOX
4-1/2" 1.50"
9.5 - 13.5# 3.771 X PIN
1. Description
The Crest III Packer is a weight set service packer for high pressure remedial work, including acidizing, fracturing, squeeze cementing, and
others. It will set with minimal tubing manipulation and will withstand differential pressure from above or below. A large integral fluid bypass
allows the packer to be run quickly, with reduced chance of swabbing off packing elements or dulling hold down slips. No rotation is required to
retrieve, and its equalizing valve opens with the first upward movement. Carbide tipped hold down slips, lower slips, and drag blocks are
standard equipment.

4-1/2”
PART NUMBERS
1 1 44250 Top Sub 15 1 See Charts Upper Strap Retainer 29 1 74440 Recovery Sleeve Cap
2 1 19225 O-Ring 16 8 19125 O-Ring 30 1 74450 Slip Housing
3 3 11158C Thread Lock Set Screw 17 8 See Charts Hold Down Slip 31 3 See Charts Lower Slip
4 1 44235 Mandrel 18 4 11433f Hold Down Screw 32 3 50725 Lower Slip Spring
5 1 44220 Seal Retainer Cap 19 4 63951 Hold Down Strap 33 3 11336c Lower Slip Screw
6 1 44200 Split Ring 20 16 50319 Hold Down Spring 34 3 11155c Thread Lock Set Screw
7 1 19227 O-Ring 21 1 19228 O-Ring 35 1 74270 Drag Block Retainer
8 1 44210 Seal Retainer 22 1 74380 Lower Strap Retainer 36 4 See Charts Drag Block
9 1 609-40-523 Bypass Seal 23 1 See Charts Upper Element Gage 37 16 50100 Drag Block Spring
10 1 19334 O-Ring 24 3 See Charts Packing Element 38 1 See Charts Control Body
11 1 74360 Balance Piston 25 2 See Charts Element Spacer 39 1 74470 Recovery Sleeve
12 1 74350 Balance Piston Housing 26 1 74410 Packing Sleeve 40 2 11155c Thread Lock Set Screw
13 1 19229 O-Ring 27 1 See Charts Element Retainer 41 1 19224 O-Ring
14 1 74390 Hold Down Receptacle 28 1 74430 Cone 42 1 43831 Bottom Sub
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
A B C D E F G H J K* L M N PART
J-SLOT CONFIGURATION
See NUMBER
3.00 2.09 3 1.78 3.5 6.44 2.06 2.38 13.25 12.56 5.38 58.88
Specifications Right Hand Manual 74462
* WITH PACKER IN POSITION SHOWN Left Hand Manual 74464

4-1/2”
DRESSING CHART
ITEM 13.5-16.6# 9.5-13.5# ITEM 13.5-16.6# 9.5-13.5#
Upper Strap Retainer 74370 74371 Element Spacer 74210 61450
Hold Down Slip 50314 50313 Element Retainer 74420 74421
Upper Element Gage 74200 74201 Lower Slip 045CJ 050PK
Packing Element * 720-44-51X 720-45-51X Drag Block 50560 50570
* Replace The X In Part Number With Durometer: 0 For 60, 1 For 70, 2 For 80, Or 3 For 90.
Fluid Bypass Area: .459 Sq. In.
Affected Area of Balance Piston: 2.544 Sq. In.
The following instructions do not list steps that are obvious to a trained tool hand, such as application of grease or being careful with seal
surfaces.
Caution: The top end of the mandrel (4) must be filed smooth above the split ring groove before the beginning. The short length below the
groove is a seal surface.
2.2. Install bypass seal (9) and O-Ring (7) into seal retainer (8), slide onto mandrel just beyond groove at top
with O-Ring (2) installed, onto mandrel and clamp in vise.
2.3. Install hold down slips (17), with O-Rings (16) installed, into holes in the side of hold down receptacle (14).
Install hold down springs (16) into counterbores in hold down slips and retain with hold down straps (19),
hold down screws (18), upper strap retainer (15) and lower strap retainer (22). Screw upper element gage
(23) (left-hand thread) onto receptacle and install O-Rings (13 & 21) inside.
2.4. Slide the following items on the top end of packing sleeve (26): element retainer (27), packing elements
2.7. Slide recovery sleeve (39) through bottom of control body part way and install lower slips (31), with slip
onto recovery sleeve. Tighten this thread now, with one pin inserted through holes in cone and notches
in cap, and another through holes in control body and in recovery sleeve.

4-1/2”
bottom sub (42), with O-Ring (41) installed, onto bottom end of mandrel.
2.10. Install all 8 thread lock set screws (3, 34, 40) in top sub, slip housing and bottom sub, then tighten all
threads. To tighten packing mandrel to hold down receptacle, insert pin through holes in element
retainer and slots in packing mandrel.
The following steps will break packer into sub-assemblies. Refer to assembly instructions to disassemble sub-assemblies, noting left-hand threads
indicated on drawing.
thread lock set screws (3, 34, 40). While backing up on top end of mandrel (4), remove bottom sub (42).
3.3. With pin through holes in element retainer and slots in packing sleeve (26), unscrew packing mandrel
from hold down receptacle (14). Slide this sub-assembly of bottom end of mandrel and set aside.
inside.
4.2. Pick up tubing and rotate (right or left hand, depending on j-slots) 1/2 turn at the packer. Slack off weight
to close the bypass, set the slips, and pack off the elements. For this size 7,000 lb. Should be sufficient.
4.3. At this time, pressure work can be performed above or below the packer. Tubing pressure will activate
the hold down slips to prevent upward movement, and the balance piston will hold the mandrel down
and the bypass closed.

7-5/8" x 2-7/8" EU8RD Crest III Packer Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS
24 - 29.7# 6.672"
7-5/8" 2.50" 2-7/8" EU8RD BOX X PIN
33 - 39# 6.453"
DESCRIPTION

PART NUMBERS
1 1 00027 TOP SUB 14 1 SEE CHARTS PISTON GAGE 27 1 64620 PACKING SLEEVE
2 2 19232 O-RING 15 1 64530 HOLD DOWN RECEPTACLE 28 1 54100 CONE
3 7 11168C THREAD LOCK SET SCREW 16 8 50405 HOLD DOWN SLIP 29 1 64580 RECOVERY SLEEVE CAP
4 1 64522 MANDREL 17 8 19230 O-RING 30 1 54080 SLIP HOUSING
5 1 64630 SEAL RETAINER CAP 18 12 11458C HOLD DOWN SCREW 31 4 075CJ LOWER SLIP
6 1 64550 SPLIT RING 19 16 50409 HOLD DOWN SPRING 32 4 11238C SLIP SPRING SCREW
7 1 19339 O-RING 20 4 64600 HOLD DOWN STRAP 33 8 51778 SLIP SPRING
8 1 31720 BYPASS SEAL 21 1 19240 O-RING 34 1 SEE CHARTS DRAG BLOCK RETAINER
9 1 64640 SEAL RETAINER 22 1 SEE CHARTS UPPER ELEMENT GAGE 35 6 SEE CHARTS DRAG BLOCK
10 1 64610 BALANCE PISTON HOUSING 23 3 SEE CHARTS PACKING ELEMENT 36 36 50110 DRAG BLOCK SPRING
11 1 19349 O-RING 24 2 80592 ELEMENT SPACER 37 1 SEE CHARTS CONTROL BODY
12 1 64570 BALANCE PISTON 25 1 SEE CHARTS LOWER ELEMENT GAGE 38 1 64560 BOTTOM SUB
13 1 19343 O-RING 26 1 54120 ELEMENT RETAINER 39 1 64590 RECOVERY SLEEVE
DRESSING CHART
ITEM 24 - 29.7# 33 - 39#
PISTON GAGE 64505 64503
UPPER ELEMENT GAGE 64512 64513
PACKING ELEMENT * 613-76-51X 602-75-51X
LOWER ELEMENT GAGE 80576 80577
DRAG BLOCK RETAINER 53051 53052
DRAG BLOCK 50950 50900
*Replace the x in part number with durometer: 0 for 60, 1 for 70, 2 for 80, or 3 for 90.


RIGHT HAND MANUAL 62662
LEFT HAND MANUAL 62661
RIGHT HAND AUTOMATIC 62667
LEFT HAND AUTOMATIC 62666
Fluid bypass area: 1.804 sq. In.

DIMENSIONS (IN.)
A B C D E F G H J K* L M N P
3.75 3.25 4.50 2.88 5.62 SEE SPECIFICATIONS 7.00 3.38 3.00 16.06 5.81 12.50 8.94 75.38
ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
The following instructions do not list steps that are obvious to a trained tool hand, such as application of grease or being
careful with seal surfaces.
Caution:
The top end of the mandrel (4) must be filed smooth above the split ring groove before beginning. The short length below
the groove is a seal surface.
1. Assemble balance piston (12) with O-ring (11) installed, into balance piston housing (10) and slide onto upper end
of mandrel (4).
2. Install bypass seal (8) and O-ring (7) into seal retainer (9), slide onto mandrel just beyond groove at top end, then
install split ring (6) into groove and screw seal retainer cap (5) onto seal retainer. Screw top (1), with O-ring (2)
onto mandrel and clamp in vise.
3. Install hold down slips (16), with O-rings (17) installed, into holes in the side of hold down receptacle (15). Install
hold down springs (19) into counterbores in hold down slips and retain with hold down straps (20) and hold down
screws (18). Screw piston gage (14) and upper element gage (22) (left hand thread) onto receptacle and install O-
rings (13 & 21) inside.
4. Slide the following items on the top end of packing mandrel (27): element retainer (26), packing elements (23) and
element spacers (24).
5. Screw element assembly from step above into bottom end of hold down receptacle, then slide this assembly onto
lower end of mandrel and screw into balance piston housing.
Caution:
Be careful to tighten this thread with the balance piston housing in vise, not the mandrel.
6. Assemble drag blocks (35) and drag block springs (36) into control body (37) and retain with drag block retainer
(34). Screw slip housing (30) onto control body (left hand thread).
7. Slide recovery sleeve (39) through bottom of control body part way and install lower slips (31), with slip springs
(33) installed, into slip housing windows. Then push recovery sleeve in to stop.

8. Slide cone (28) into top end of control body and over recovery sleeve, then screw recovery sleeve cap (29) onto
recovery sleeve. Tighten this thread now, with one pin inserted through holes in cone and cap, and another
through holes in control body (between slips) and in recovery sleeve.
9. Slide assembly from step above over lower end of mandrel. Screw cone into element retainer, then bottom sub
(38), with O-ring (2) installed, onto bottom end of mandrel.
10. Install all 7 thread lock set screws (3) in top sub, slip housing and bottom sub, then tighten all threads. To tighten
packing mandrel to hold down receptacle, insert pin through holes in element retainer and in packing mandrel.

Slim Hole Crest Packer Upper Completions
5-1/2”
SPECIFICATIONS
15.5 - 20# 4.469" 2-3/8" EU8RD BOX
5-1/2" 1.50"
20 - 23# 4.250" X PIN
1. Description
blocks are standard equipment. The slim hole crest shown here provides more room between the packer and the casing, in order to pass
through restrictions that may be encountered. Because of this it has a reduced allowable pressure differential.

5-1/2”
PART NUMBERS
1 1 58410P Top Sub 14 8 See Charts Hold Down Slip 27 4 55CPW Lower Slip
2 1 4163X * Mandrel 15 16 50329 Hold Down Spring 28 8 51789 Lower Slip Spring
3 1 41700 Seal Retainer Cap 16 12 11458c Hold Down Screw 29 4 11236C Lower Slip Screw
4 1 41740 Split Ring 17 8 19224 O-Ring 30 1 41641 Control Body
5 1 19228 O-Ring 18 4 41290 Hold Down Strap 31 6 SEE CHARTS Drag Block
6 1 41690 Seal Retainer 19 1 19230 O-Ring 32 30 50100 Drag Block Spring
7 1 609-41-522 Bypass Seal 20 1 See Charts Upper Element Gage 33 1 41710 Drag Block Retainer
8 1 19335 O-Ring 21 3 See Charts Packing Element 34 2 11146C Set Screw
9 1 41770 Piston Housing 22 2 81640 Element Spacer 35 2 61515 Control Lug
10 1 41670 Balance Piston Housing 23 1 41760 Packing Mandrel 36 1 62160 Control Lug Retainer
11 1 19231 O-Ring 24 1 See Charts Element Retainer 37 1 61500 Control Body Nut
12 1 41660 Hold Down Receptacle 25 1 41650 Control Body Cap 38 1 41780 Bottom Sub
13 1 SEE CHARTS Piston Gage 26 1 41680 Cone
* For R/H Set, P/N 41631. For L/H Set, P/N 41630
DRESSING CHART PART NUMBERS

HOLD DOWN UPPER ELEMENT PACKING ELEMENT DRAG
CASING WEIGHT GAGE O.D. PISTON GAGE
SLIP GAGE ELEMENT RETAINER BLOCK
15.5 - 20# 4.469" 41731 50325 41751 720-54-51X * 41721 50570
20 - 23# 4.250" 41730 50323 41750 720-53-51X * 41720 50560
* Replace X With 1 For 70d., 2 For 80d., 3 For 90d.

5-1/2”
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
A B C D E F G H J K * L M N
3.06 2.09 3.25 1.90 4.00 See Specifications 4.88 2.12 2.19 11.12 14.31 7.81 58.06
* With Packer In Position Shown
Caution: The upper end of the mandrel (2) that has a larger O.D. should be filed smooth before beginning, as it includes seal surfaces.
2.1. Assemble balance piston (10) with O-ring (8) installed, into balance piston housing (9) and slide onto
2.2. Install bypass seal (7) and O-ring (5) into seal retainer (6), slide onto mandrel just beyond groove at top
onto mandrel and clamp in vise.
and hold down screws (16). Screw piston gage (13) and upper element gage (20) (left hand thread) onto
receptacle, and install O-rings (11 &19) inside.
2.5. Screw element assembly from step above into bottom end of hold down receptacle (left hand thread).
Insert assembly pin through holes in element retainer and slots in packing mandrel and tighten at this
time. Slide this assembly onto lower end of mandrel and screw into balance piston housing.
Caution: Be sure to tighten piston gage to receptacle before tightening receptacle to balance piston housing.
Also, be careful to tighten receptacle to piston housing with housing in vise, not the receptacle.
retainer (33).
2.7. Assemble lower slips (27) with slip springs (28) installed, using slip spring screws (29), into windows in
control body (30), slide lower cone (26) into top end, and screw control body cap (25) into control body.
2.8. Slide control body assembly from step above onto lower end of mandrel and screw cone into element
retainer.
2.9. Install control lugs (35) into control body and into j slots in mandrel. Install 2 set screws (34) into control
body, retaining control lugs. Slide control lug cover (36) over lower end of control body, then screw
control body nut (37) onto control body.
2.10. Screw bottom sub (38) onto lower end of mandrel. Tighten all threads.

5-1/2”
3.1. With top sub (1) in vise, unscrew control body nut (37) from control body (30), slide off control lug
retainer (36), and remove two set screws (34) from control body. Then remove control lugs (35). Unscrew
bottom sub (38) from mandrel (2) and set aside.
3.2. Unscrew control body cap (26) from control body and slide control body off bottom end of tool. Lower
slips (28) will fall inside control body at this time.
3.3. Unscrew cone (26) from element retainer (24) and remove. With pin through holes in element retainer
and slots in packing sleeve (23), unscrew packing sleeve from hold down receptacle (left hand thread) and
slide off packing elements (21), element spacers (22) and element retainer.
3.4. Break mandrel out of top sub. Then, with balance piston housing (9) in vise, break off hold down
receptacle and slide off bottom end of mandrel.
3.5. Unscrew seal retainer cap (3) from seal retainer (6) and remove. Then remove split ring (4), seal retainer
and balance piston housing. Remove balance piston from housing.
3.6. Unscrew piston gage (13) and upper element gage (20) (left hand thread) from hold down receptacle.
3.7. Remove hold down screws (16), then hold down straps (18), hold down springs (15) and hold down slips
(14) from hold down receptacle.
3.8. Slide drag block retainer (33) from control body, freeing drag blocks (31) and drag block springs (32).
4.2. Pick up tubing and rotate (right or left hand, depending on J-tracks) 1/2 turn at the packer.
4.3. Slack off weight to close the bypass, set the slips, and pack off the elements. For this size, 11,000 lb.
Should be sufficient. At this time, pressure work can be performed above or below the packer.

4-1/2" & 5" x 2-3/8" CPW Packer Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS
CASING WEIGHT MAX O.D. MIN. I.D. CONNECTIONS
4-1/2" 9.5-13.5# 3.771"
15-18# 4.125" 1.94" 2-3/8" EU8RD
5"
11.5-15# 4.250"
Description
The CPW retrievable squeeze packer is designed to perform all the tasks required of a retrievable stimulation and work over packer and
withstand high pressures from above or below. It can be used in all types of squeeze cementing, fracturing, and acidizing with subsequent
testing. The hydraulically actuated hold down slips and mechanical lower slips are carbide tipped for long and dependable service. The
CPW’s packing element system is the proven three-section type, but it is heavier and more reliable than packer systems with an integral
bypass. This Kline packer runs with a separate unloader, such as the Kline locking compression unloader, eliminating the possibility of
pumping open (which can occur with many equalizing valves).

PART NUMBERS
1 1 63880 TOOL TOP 12 16 50319 HOLD DOWN SPRING 23 4 50725 LOWER SLIP SPRING
2 4 11155C SET SCREW 13 1 19228 O-RING 24 4 11336C SLIP SPRING SCREW
3 1 63910 H.D. RECEPTACLE 14 1 53590 LOWER STRAP RETAINER 25 1 63981 CONTROL BODY
4 2 19228 O-RING 15 1 63960 HOLD DOWN SPACER 26 4 SEE BELOW DRAG BLOCK
5 1 SEE BELOW CAP 16 1 SEE BELOW UPPER GAGE 27 16-20 50100 DRAG BLOCK SPRING
6 1 53590 UPPER STRAP RETAINER 17 3 SEE BELOW PACKING ELEMENT 28 1 56530 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER
7 4 63950 HOLD DOWN STRAP 18 2 SEE BELOW ELEMENT SPACER 29 1 56540 CONTROL LUG RETAINER
8 8 SEE BELOW HOLD DOWN SLIP 19 1 SEE BELOW LOWER GAGE 30 2 11133C CONTROL LUG SET SCREW
9 4 11436F HOLD DOWN SCREW 20 1 SEE BELOW MANDREL 31 2 56550 CONTROL LUG
10 1 63920 VOLUME TUBE 21 1 63970 CONE 32 1 SEE BELOW CAP
11 8 19125 O-RING 22 4 SEE BELOW LOWER SLIP 33 4 11158C SET SCREW
DIMENSIONS MANDREL CHART

A B C D E F G H CONFIGURATION L/H/AUTOMATIC R/H AUTOMATIC L/H MANUAL R/H MANUAL
3.12" SEE SPECS 2.00" 1.94" 5.81" 10.06" 5.31" 40.94" PART NUMBER 63901 63902 63903 63904

CASING WT GAGE O.D. H.D.SLIP UPPER GAGE ELEMENT SPACER LOWER GAGE RING ELEMENT* PART# LOWER SLIP DRAG BLOCK CAP
9.5-13.5# 3.771" 50314 61360 61450 63940 720-45-51X 045PK 50450 63890
15-18# 4.13" 50318 55041 55020 55046 720-50-51X 050PK 50560 89770
11.5-15# 4.25" 50316 55040 55020 55045 720-50-51X 050PK 50570 89771
*REPLACE X WITH 1 FOR 70D., 2 FOR 80D., 3 FOR 90D.

SETTING INSTRUCTIONS
1. Make up packer onto bottom end of tubing string and run packer to depth desired.
2. Pick up slack in tubing string, rotate left or right ¼ turn at the packer (depending on J-slot configuration) and set
weight down on packer.
3. Set sufficient weight to pack off elements and keep weight on packer while performing remedial or other
operations. As a guide, the weight required should be no more than twice the casing O.D. in points (9,000 lb. in 4-
1/2" casing). Various factors, such as temperature and rubber durometer, can affect this.
4. Pressure in the tubing string will be directed around the volume tube, and act on the hold down slips, preventing
the tubing from being pumped up the hole.
RELEASING INSTRUCTIONS
1. Pick up tubing string. Packer should be free to move up the hole. If the J-slot is automatic, the packer will latch
back in the run-in position and can be run down hole as well.
2. If resetting a manual J-slot configuration at a lower depth, rotate tubing the opposite direction from that used to
set the packer. The packer will then latch back in the run-in position and can be run down hole.
Note:
The following instructions don't list obvious steps, such as application of grease or taking care with seal surfaces. It is
important, however, to pack grease in the area between the outside of the volume tube and the inside of the hold down
receptacle, to insure cement or acids can't damage the hold down slips.
1. Assemble hold down slips (8), with O-rings (11) installed, into hold down receptacle (3). Install hold down springs
(12) and retain with hold down straps (7) and hold down screws (9). Retain ends of hold down straps with upper
strap retainer (6) and lower strap retainer (14). Slide on hold down spacer (15) and insure that set screw holes in
receptacle can be accessed through holes in the spacer.
2. Screw cap (5) and upper gage (16) (LEFT HAND THREAD) onto hold down receptacle. Slide volume tube (10), with
O-ring (4) installed, into upper end of hold down receptacle.
3. With tool top (1) in vise, and O-ring (4) installed, screw hold down assembly to its lower end.
4. Install drag blocks (26), with drag block springs (27) underneath them, into control body (25). Retain blocks with
drag block retainer (28).
5. Install lower slips (22), with slip springs (23) and slip spring screws (24) installed, into windows in control body, and
retain in a partially expanded position.
6. Slide control body/lower slip assembly over upper end of mandrel (20), followed by cone (21), packing elements
7. Screw mandrel into lower end of hold down receptacle.
8. Install control lugs (31) into holes in bottom end of control body and into J-slots in mandrel. Retain control lugs
with control lug set screws (30), and slide control lug retainer (29) over lower end of control body, covering lugs.
Screw cap (32) onto bottom end of control body, retaining control lug retainer.
9. Tighten all threads. Install thread lock set screws (2 & 33) into upper and lower ends of hold down receptacle.

1. With tool top (1) in vise, remove all thread lock set screws (2 & 33) from top & bottom ends of hold down
receptacle (3), then unscrew receptacle from tool top and mandrel (20) from receptacle.
2. Slide volume tube (10) out top end of receptacle, and slide elements (17), element spacers (18) and cone (21) off
top end of mandrel.
3. Unscrew cap (5) and upper gage (16) (LEFT HAND THREAD) from top & bottom ends of hold down receptacle,
then slide off upper strap retainer (6), hold down spacer (15) and lower strap retainer (14) and remove hold down
screws (9), hold down straps (7), hold down springs (12) and hold down slips (8).
4. Break cap (32) off control body (25), slide off control lug retainer (29), remove control lug set screws (30), and
control lugs (31). Slide control body off top end of mandrel. Lower slips (22) will fall inside control body at this
time.
5. Retain drag blocks (26) with a suitable device and slide drag block retainer (28) off control body. Remove device,
allowing drag blocks and drag block springs (27) to be removed.

4-1/2" Drill Pipe CPW Packer Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS
4-1/2" 13.5-16.6# 3.640" 1.94" 2-3/8" EU8RD
Description

PART NUMBERS
HOLD DOWN
1 1 63880 TOOL TOP 12 16 50319 23 4 50725 LOWER SLIP SPRING
SPRING
2 4 11155C SET SCREW 13 1 19228 O-RING 24 4 11336C SLIP SPRING SCREW
LOWER STRAP
3 1 63911 H.D. RECEPTACLE 14 1 63595 25 1 63985 CONTROL BODY
RETAINER
HOLD DOWN
4 2 19228 O-RING 15 1 63961 26 4 50440 DRAG BLOCK
SPACER
5 1 63890 CAP 16 1 61360 UPPER GAGE 27 16 50100 DRAG BLOCK SPRING
6 1 63595 UPPER STRAP RETAINER 17 3 720-45-51X* PACKING ELEMENT 28 1 56523 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER
7 4 63951 HOLD DOWN STRAP 18 2 53930 ELEMENT SPACER 29 1 56543 CONTROL LUG RETAINER
CONTROL LUG SET
8 8 50311 HOLD DOWN SLIP 19 1 63940 LOWER GAGE 30 2 11133C
SCREW
9 4 11436F HOLD DOWN SCREW 20 1 SEE BELOW MANDREL 31 2 56555 CONTROL LUG
10 1 63920 VOLUME TUBE 21 1 63970 CONE 32 1 63890 CAP
11 8 19125 O-RING 22 4 045PK LOWER SLIP 33 4 11158C SET SCREW
*REPLACE X WITH 1 FOR 70D.,
2 FOR 80D., 3 FOR 90D.

3.12" SEE SPECS 2.00" 1.94" 5.81" 10.06" 5.31" 40.94" PART NUMBER 63906 63907 63908 63909

operations. As a guide, the weight required should be no more than twice the casing O.D. in points (9,000 lb. in 4-
1/2" casing). Various factors, such as temperature and rubber durometer, can affect this.
RETRIEVING INSTRUCTIONS
Note:
The following instructions don't list obvious steps, such as grease application or taking care with seal surfaces. It is
(12), and retain with hold down straps (7) and hold down screws (9). Retain ends of hold down straps with upper
strap retainer (6) and lower strap retainer (14). Slide on hold down spacer (15) and insure that set screw holes in
receptacle can be accessed through holes in the spacer.
7. Screw mandrel into lower end of hold down receptacle.
9. Tighten all threads. Install thread lock set screws (2 & 33) into upper and lower ends of hold down receptacle.
1. With tool top (1) in vise, remove all thread lock set screws (2 & 33) from top & bottom ends of hold down
top end of mandrel.
then slide off upper strap retainer (6), hold down spacer (15) and lower strap retainer, and remove hold down
control lugs (31). Slide control body off top end of mandrel. Lower slips (22) will fall inside control body at this
time.

7" x 2-7/8" CPW Packer Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS
4-1/2" 13.5-16.6# 3.640" 1.94" 2-3/8" EU8RD
Description

PART NUMBERS
1 1 64460 TOOL TOP 12 4 64490 HOLD DOWN STRAP 23 8 51778 LOWER SLIP SPRING
2 1 64830 H.D. RECEPTACLE 13 1 19341 O-RING 24 4 11236C SLIP SPRING SCREW
3 1 SEE BELOW TOP GAGE 14 1 64410 LOWER STRAP RETAINER 25 1 64440 CONTROL BODY
4 1 64400 UPPER STRAP RETAINER 15 1 SEE BELOW UPPER GAGE 26 6 SEE BELOW DRAG BLOCK
5 7 11168C THREAD LOCK SET SCREW 16 3 SEE BELOW PACKING ELEMENT 27 36 50110 DRAG BLOCK SPRING
6 1 19340 O-RING 17 2 64390 ELEMENT SPACER 28 1 70760 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER
7 1 19336 O-RING 18 1 SEE BELOW LOWER GAGE 29 1 70770 CONTROL LUG RETAINER
8 8 SEE BELOW HOLD DOWN SLIP 19 1 SEE BELOW MANDREL 30 1 70270 CONTROL BODY NUT
9 8 19230 O-RING 20 1 64480 ELEMENT RETAINER 31 2 70402 CONTROL LUG
10 4 11458C HOLD DOWN SCREW 21 1 64470 CONE 32 2 11158C CONTROL LUG SET SCREW
11 16 50409 HOLD DOWN SPRING 22 4 070CJ LOWER SLIP 33 1 64450 VOLUME TUBE

3.75" 4.56" SEE SPECS 3.75" 2.19" 12.25" 7.88" 51.06" PART NUMBER 64423 64424 64421 64422

CASING WT GAGE O.D. TOP GAGE H.D. SLIP UPPER GAGE ELEMENT* PART# LOWER GAGE RING DRAG BLOCK
17-23# 6.219" 70968 50403 70816 721-72-51X 70866 50800
20-29# 5.969" 70961 50402 70811 721-70-51X 70861 50700
32-38# 5.750" 70963 50401 70812 721-65-51X 70862 50700

operations. As a guide, the weight required should be no more than twice the casing O.D. in pounds (14,000 lb. in
7" casing). Various factors, such as temperature and rubber durometer, can affect this.
Note:
1. Assemble hold down slips (8), with O-rings (6, 9 & 13) installed, into hold down receptacle (2). Install hold down
springs (11) and retain with hold down straps (12) and hold down screws (10). Retain ends of hold down straps
with upper strap retainer (4) and lower strap retainer (14). Insure that set screw holes in receptacle can be
accessed through holes in the lower retainer.
2. Screw top gage (3) and upper gage (15) (LEFT HAND THREAD) onto hold down receptacle. Slide volume tube
(33), with O-ring (7) installed, into upper end of hold down receptacle.
3. With tool top (1) in vise, screw hold down assembly onto its lower end.
6. Slide cone (20) over lower end of mandrel (19) and slide element retainer (20) over top end of mandrel and screw
onto cone. Screw lower gage (18) onto element retainer.
7. Slide elements (16) and element spacers (17) onto top end of mandrel, then screw mandrel into lower end of hold
down receptacle.
8. Tighten thread connecting cone and element retainer, then slide control body/lower slip assembly onto lower end
of mandrel.

Screw control body nut (30) onto bottom end of control body, retaining control lug retainer.
10. Tighten all threads and install thread lock set screws (5) into upper and lower ends of hold down receptacle.
1. With tool top (1) in vise, break control body nut (30) off control body (25) and slide off control lug retainer (29).
Remove control lug set screws (32), and control lugs (31).
2. Slide control body off bottom end of mandrel (19). Lower slips (22) will fall inside control body at this time and
can be removed.
3. Break cone (21) out of element retainer (20) and slide off lower end of mandrel.
4. Remove all seven thread lock screws (5) from top & bottom ends of hold down receptacle (2), then unscrew
mandrel from hold down receptacle and receptacle from tool top.
5. Slide volume tube (33) out top end of receptacle, then slide elements (16), element spacers (17) and element
retainer off top end of mandrel.
6. Unscrew top gage (3) and upper gage (15) (LEFT HAND THREAD) from top & bottom ends of hold down
receptacle, then slide off strap retainers (4 & 14).
7. Remove hold down screws (10), hold down straps (12), hold down springs (11) and hold down slips (8).

4" x 1.900" CPW Packer Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS
4" 9.5 - 11.6# 3.281" 1.50" 1.900" EU10Rd
Description

PART NUMBERS
1 1 73940 TOOL TOP 12 1 19227 O-RING 23 3 50725 SLIP SPRING
2 7 11155C SET SCREW 13 1 73990 LOWER STRAP RETAINER 24 3 11334C SLIP SPRING SCREW
3 1 73950 HOLD DOWN RECEPTACLE 14 1 74070 UPPER ELEMENT GAGE 25 1 74050 CONTROL BODY
4 2 73960 CAP 15 3 602-41-511 * PACKING ELEMENT 26 4 50450 DRAG BLOCK
5 1 73980 UPPER STRAP RETAINER 16 2 74010 ELEMENT SPACER 27 16 50100 DRAG BLOCK SPRING
6 2 19224 O-RING 17 1 73970 VOLUME TUBE 28 1 61250 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER
7 6 19125 O-RING 18 1 74020 LOWER ELEMENT GAGE 29 1 74060 CONTROL LUG RETAINER
8 6 50311 HOLD DOWN SLIP 19 1 SEE CHART MANDREL 30 2 55230 CONTROL LUG
9 3 11436F HOLD DOWN SCREW 20 1 74030 ELEMENT RETAINER 31 2 11136C CONTROL LUG SET SCREW
10 3 63951 HOLD DOWN STRAP 21 1 74040 CONE
11 12 50319 HOLD DOWN SPRING 22 3 045PK LOWER SLIP * REPLACE X WITH 1 FOR 70D., 2 FOR 80D., 3 FOR 90D.

A B C D E F CONFIGURATION L/H/AUTOMATIC R/H AUTOMATIC L/H MANUAL R/H MANUAL
2.75" 3.281" 5.25" 8.25" 5.00" 38.31" PART NUMBER 74001 74002 74003 74004

operations. As a guide, the weight required should be no more than twice the casing O.D. in points (8,000 lb. in 4"
casing). Various factors, such as temperature and rubber durometer, can affect this value.
1. Pick up tubing string. Packer should be free to move up the hole. If j-slot is automatic, the packer will latch back
in the run-in position and can be run down hole as well.
2. If resetting a manual j-slot configuration at a lower depth, rotate tubing the opposite direction from that used to
Note:
The following instructions don't list obvious steps, such as application of grease or taking care with seal surfaces. It is
(11) and retain with hold down straps (10) and hold down screws (9). Retain ends of hold down straps with upper
strap retainer (5) and lower strap retainer (13). Insure that set screw holes in receptacle can be accessed through
holes in the strap retainer.
2. Screw cap (4) and upper gage (14) (L/H THREAD) onto hold down receptacle. Slide volume tube (17), with O-ring
(6) installed, into upper end of hold down receptacle.
6. Slide element retainer (20) over upper end of mandrel (19) and cone (21) over lower end and screw together.
Tighten this thread now.
7. Screw upper element gage (18) to element retainer, then slide packing elements (15) and element spacers (16)
onto upper end of mandrel.
8. Screw mandrel into hold down receptacle, then slide control body/lower slip assembly over lower end of mandrel.
with control lug set screws (31), then slide control lug retainer (29) over lower end of control body, covering lugs.

1. With tool top (1) in vise, remove all 7 thread lock set screws (2) from top & bottom ends of hold down receptacle
(3). Unscrew receptacle from tool top and mandrel (19) from receptacle.
2. Slide volume tube (17) out top end of receptacle, and slide elements (15), and element spacers (16) off top end of
mandrel.
then slide off upper strap retainer (5) and lower strap retainer (13). Remove hold down screws (9), hold down
straps (10), hold down springs (11) and hold down slips (8).
4. Break cap (4) off control body (25) and slide off control lug retainer (29). Remove control lug set screws (31) and
control lugs (30). Slide control body off lower end of mandrel. Lower slips (22) will fall inside control body at this
time.
6. Break element retainer (20) off cone (21) and slide both pieces off mandrel.

5-1/2" x 2-7/8" CPW Packer Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS
13-15.5# 4.781"
5-1/2" 2.38" 2-7/8" EU8RD
14-20# 4.641"
Description

PART NUMBERS
1 1 64800 TOOL TOP 11 4 64710 HOLD DOWN STRAP 22 4 55CPW LOWER SLIP
2 8 11155C SET SCREW 12 1 19234 O-RING 23 8 51789 SLIP SPRING
3 1 64780 HOLD DOWN RECEPTACLE 14 1 64740 LOWER STRAP RETAINER 24 4 11236C SLIP SPRING SCREW
4 2 SEE CHARTS CAP 15 1 SEE CHARTS UPPER GAGE 25 1 64760 CONTROL BODY
5 2 19232 O-RING 16 1 64810 VOLUME TUBE 26 6 SEE CHARTS DRAG BLOCK
6 1 64730 UPPER STRAP RETAINER 17 3 SEE CHARTS PACKING ELEMENT 27 30 50100 DRAG BLOCK SPRING
7 8 19224 O-RING 18 2 89000 ELEMENT SPACER 28 1 61690 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER
8 8 SEE CHARTS HOLD DOWN SLIP 19 1 SEE CHARTS LOWER GAGE 29 2 61100 CONTROL LUG
9 16 50329 HOLD DOWN SPRING 20 1 SEE CHARTS MANDREL 30 1 64720 CONTROL LUG RETAINER
10 4 11458C HOLD DOWN SCREW 21 1 64790 CONE 31 2 11136C CONTROL BODY SET SCREW
DIMENSIONS MANDREL SELECTION CHART

A B C D E F G CONFIGURATION L/H AUTO R/H AUTO L/H MANUAL R/H MANUAL
2.50" 3.75" SEE SPECS 5.66" 9.66" 7.84" 44.25" PART NUMBER 64753 64754 64751 64752
DRESSING CHART
CASING WT GAGE O.D. H.D.SLIP CAP UPPER GAGE LOWER GAGE ELEMENT SPACER ELEMENT* DRAG BLOCK
13-15.5# 4.781" 50323 61131 61612 61622 00651 602-58-51X 50560
14-20# 4.641" 50322 61130 61610 61620 89000 602-55-51X 50550
*REPLACE X WITH 0 FOR 60D., 1 FOR 70D., 2 FOR 80D., 3 FOR 90D.

2. Pick up slack in tubing string, rotate left or right one quarter turn at the packer (depending on J-slot
configuration) and set weight down on packer.
operations. As a guide, the weight required should be no more than twice the casing O.D. in points (11,000 lb. in
5-1/2" casing). Various factors can affect this, such as temperature and rubber durometer.
Note:
holes in the spacer.
3. With tool top (1) in vise, and O-ring (5) installed, screw hold down assembly to its lower end. Screw lower gage
(19) onto cone (21).
4. Install drag blocks (26), with drag block springs (27) underneath, into control body (25). Retain blocks with drag
block retainer (28).
7. With O-ring (12) installed, screw mandrel into lower end of hold down receptacle.
9. Tighten all threads. Install the eight thread lock set screws (2) into upper and lower ends of hold down receptacle.

1. With tool top (1) in vise, remove all eight thread lock set screws (2) from top & bottom ends of hold down
top end of mandrel.
then slide off upper strap retainer (6) and lower strap retainer (14). Remove hold down screws (10), hold down
control lugs (29). Slide control body off bottom end of mandrel. Lower slips (22) will fall inside control body at
this time.

9-5/8" X 4-1/2" CPW Packer Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS
32.3 - 43.5# 8.500"
9-5/8" 36 - 47# 8.438" 4.00" 4-1/2" EU8RD (OTHER SIZES AVAILABLE)
43.5 - 53.5# 8.250"
Description

PART NUMBERS
1 1 64331 TOOL TOP 12 24 50409 HOLD DOWN SPRING 23 12 51789 LOWER SLIP SPRING
2 6 11168C THREAD LOCK SET SCREW 13 1 64310 LOWER STRAP RETAINER 24 1 64292 CONTROL BODY
3 1 64260 HOLD DOWN RECEPTACLE 14 1 64370 VOLUME TUBE 25 8 SEE BELOW DRAG BLOCK
4 1 SEE CHARTS TOP GAGE 15 1 SEE BELOW UPPER GAGE 26 48 50110 DRAG BLOCK SPRING
5 2 19355 O-RING 16 3 SEE BELOW PACKING ELEMENT 27 1 70570 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER
6 1 64300 UPPER STRAP RETAINER 17 2 SEE BELOW ELEMENT SPACER 28 1 64350 CONTROL LUG RETAINER
7 1 19349 O-RING 18 1 SEE BELOW LOWER GAGE 29 1 64295 CONTROL BODY NUT
8 12 SEE CHARTS HOLD DOWN SLIP 19 1 SEE BELOW MANDREL 30 2 64000 CONTROL LUG
9 12 19230 O-RING 20 1 64360 CONE 31 2 11158C CONTROL LUG SET SCREW
10 6 64320 HOLD DOWN STRAP 21 6 090PP LOWER SLIP
11 6 11458C HOLD DOWN SCREW 22 6 11236C SLIP SPRING SCREW


CASING WT GAGE O.D. TOP GAGE H. D. SLIP UPPER GAGE ELEMENT* ELEMENT SPACER LOWER GAGE DRAG BLOCK
32.3 - 43.5# 8.500" 70591 50403 70441 602-96-51X 70481 70491 50800
36 - 47# 8.438" 70597 50403 70447 602-97-51X 70487 70497 50800
43.5 - 53.5# 8.250" 70592 50402 70442 602-95-51X 70482 70492 50700

operations. As a guide, the weight required should be no more than twice the casing O.D. in pounds (use 20,000
lb. for 9-5/8" casing). Various factors, such as temperature and rubber durometer, can affect this.
Note:
1. Assemble hold down slips (8), with O-rings (5 & 9) installed, into hold down receptacle (3). Install hold down
springs (12) and retain with hold down straps (10) and hold down screws (11). Retain ends of hold down straps
6. Screw lower gage (18) onto cone (20) and slide onto upper end of mandrel (19).
down receptacle.
8. Slide control body/lower slip assembly onto lower end of mandrel.

1. With tool top (1) in vise, break control body nut (29) off control body (24) and slide off control lug retainer (28).
Remove control lug set screws (31), and control lugs (30).
2. Slide control body off bottom end of mandrel (19). Lower slips (21) will fall inside control body at this time and
can be removed.
3. Remove all seven thread lock screws (6) from top & bottom ends of hold down receptacle (3), then unscrew
mandrel from hold down receptacle and receptacle from tool top.
4. Slide volume tube (14) out top end of receptacle, then slide elements (16), element spacers (17) and cone (20) off
top end of mandrel.
5. Unscrew top gage (4) and upper gage (15) (LEFT HAND THREAD) from top & bottom ends of hold down
receptacle, then slide off strap retainers (6 & 13).
6. Remove hold down screws (11), hold down straps (10), hold down springs (12) and hold down slips (8).

SPECIFICATIONS
24 - 29.7 # 6.672"
7-5/8" 2.50" 2-7/8" EU8RD
33.7 - 39 # 6.453"
Description

PART NUMBERS
1 1 64460 TOOL TOP 12 4 64490 HOLD DOWN STRAP 23 8 51778 LOWER SLIP SPRING
3 1 70965 TOP GAGE 14 1 64410 LOWER STRAP RETAINER 25 1 64440 CONTROL BODY
4 1 64400 UPPER STRAP RETAINER 15 1 SEE BELOW UPPER GAGE 26 6 SEE BELOW DRAG BLOCK
5 7 11168C THREAD LOCK SET SCREW 16 3 SEE BELOW PACKING ELEMENT 27 36 50110 DRAG BLOCK SPRING
6 1 19340 O-RING 17 2 SEE BELOW ELEMENT SPACER 28 1 70760 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER
7 1 19336 O-RING 18 1 SEE BELOW LOWER GAGE 29 1 70770 CONTROL LUG RETAINER
8 8 50405 HOLD DOWN SLIP 19 1 SEE BELOW MANDREL 30 1 70270 CONTROL BODY NUT
9 8 19230 O-RING 20 1 64480 ELEMENT RETAINER 31 2 70402 CONTROL LUG
10 4 11458C HOLD DOWN SCREW 21 1 64470 CONE 32 2 11158C CONTROL LUG SET SCREW
11 16 50409 HOLD DOWN SPRING 22 4 075CJ LOWER SLIP 33 1 64450 VOLUME TUBE


CASING WT GAGE O.D. UPPER GAGE ELEMENT* ELEMENT SPACER LOWER GAGE DRAG BLOCK
24 - 29.7# 6.672" 70815 603-76-51X 64392 70865 50950
33.7 - 39 # 6.453" 70814 603-75-51X 64391 70864 50900

Note:
springs (11), and retain with hold down straps (12) and hold down screws (10). Retain ends of hold down straps
down receptacle.
of mandrel.

springs (11), and retain with hold down straps (12) and hold down screws (10). Retain ends of hold down straps
down receptacle.
of mandrel.

SPECIFICATIONS
13-15.5# 4.781"
5-1/2" 14-20# 4.641" 1.94" 2-3/8" EU8RD
20-23# 4.500"
Description

PART NUMBERS
1 1 63880 TOOL TOP 11 16 50329 HOLD DOWN SPRING 21 4 55CPW LOWER SLIP
2 8 11168C SET SCREW 12 1 64700 VOLUME TUBE 22 8 51789 LOWER SLIP SPRING
4 2 SEE CHARTS CAP 14 1 64740 LOWER STRAP RETAINER 24 1 64650 CONTROL BODY
5 1 64730 UPPER STRAP RETAINER 15 1 SEE CHARTS UPPER GAGE 25 6 SEE CHARTS DRAG BLOCK
6 2 19228 O-RING 16 3 SEE CHARTS PACKING ELEMENT 26 30 50100 DRAG BLOCK SPRING
7 4 64710 HOLD DOWN STRAP 17 2 61594 ELEMENT SPACER 27 1 61690 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER
8 4 11458C HOLD DOWN SCREW 18 1 SEE CHARTS LOWER GAGE 28 2 61105 CONTROL LUG
9 8 SEE CHARTS HOLD DOWN SLIP 19 1 SEE CHARTS MANDREL 29 2 11148C CONTROL LUG SET SCREW
10 8 19224 O-RING 20 1 64680 CONE 30 1 64720 CONTROL LUG RETAINER

A B C D E F G H J K CONFIGURATION L/H AUTO R/H AUTO L/H MANUAL R/H MANUAL
3.12" 3.75" SEE SPECS 2.00" 1.94" 3.69" 1.97" 9.66" 7.81" 43.75" PART NUMBER 64673 64674 64671 64672

CASING WT GAGE O.D. H.D.SLIP CAP UPPER GAGE LOWER GAGE ELEMENT* ELEMENT O.D. DRAG BLOCK
13-15.5# 4.781" 50323 61131 61612 61622 720-58-51X 4.75" 50560
14-20# 4.641" 50322 61130 61610 61620 720-55-51X 4.56" 50550
20-23# 4.500" 50321 61132 61611 61621 720-56-51X 4.38" 50450

Note:
holes in the spacer.
7. With O-ring (13) installed, screw mandrel into lower end of hold down receptacle.
9. Tighten all threads. Install thread lock set screws (2) into upper and lower ends of hold down receptacle.

1. With tool top (1) in vise, remove all thread lock set screws (2) from top & bottom ends of hold down receptacle
(3), then unscrew receptacle from tool top and mandrel (19) from receptacle.
off top end of mandrel.
then slide off upper strap retainer (5) and lower strap retainer (14) and remove hold down screws (8), hold down
this time.

With Sealing Type Volume Tube
SPECIFICATIONS
13-15.5# 4.781"
5-1/2" 14-20# 4.641" 1.94" 2-3/8" EU8RD
20-23# 4.500"
Description

PART NUMBERS
1 1 63880 TOOL TOP 11 16 50329 HOLD DOWN SPRING 21 4 55CPW LOWER SLIP
2 8 11168C SET SCREW 12 1 64701 VOLUME TUBE 22 8 51789 LOWER SLIP SPRING
4 2 SEE CHARTS CAP 14 1 64740 LOWER STRAP RETAINER 24 1 64650 CONTROL BODY
5 1 64730 UPPER STRAP RETAINER 15 1 SEE CHARTS UPPER GAGE 25 6 SEE CHARTS DRAG BLOCK
6 2 19228 O-RING 16 3 SEE CHARTS PACKING ELEMENT 26 30 50100 DRAG BLOCK SPRING
7 4 64710 HOLD DOWN STRAP 17 2 61450 ELEMENT SPACER 27 1 61390 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER
8 4 11458C HOLD DOWN SCREW 18 1 SEE CHARTS LOWER GAGE 28 2 61105 CONTROL LUG
9 8 SEE CHARTS HOLD DOWN SLIP 19 1 SEE CHARTS MANDREL 29 2 11148C CONTROL LUG SET SCREW
10 8 19224 O-RING 20 1 64680 CONE 30 1 64720 CONTROL LUG RETAINER

A B C D E F G H J K CONFIGURATION L/H AUTO R/H AUTO L/H MANUAL R/H MANUAL
3.12" 3.75" SEE SPECS 2.00" 1.94" 3.69" 1.97" 9.66" 7.81" 43.75" PART NUMBER 64673S 64674S 64671S 64672S

CASING WT GAGE O.D. H.D.SLIP CAP UPPER GAGE LOWER GAGE ELEMENT* ELEMENT O.D. DRAG BLOCK
13-15.5# 4.781" 50323 61131 61612 61622 720-58-51X 4.75" 50560
14-20# 4.641" 50322 61130 61610 61620 720-55-51X 4.56" 50550
20-23# 4.500" 50321 61132 61611 61621 720-56-51X 4.38" 50450

Note:
The following instructions do not list steps that are obvious to a trained tool hand, such as application of grease or taking
care with seal surfaces.
(11), and retain with hold down straps (7) and hold down screws (8) ends of hold down straps with upper strap
retainer (5) and lower strap retainer (14). Insure that set screw holes in receptacle can be accessed through holes
in the spacer.
O-rings (6 & 32) installed, into upper end of hold down receptacle.
7. With O-ring (13) installed, screw mandrel over volume tube and into lower end of hold down receptacle.
9. Tighten all threads. Install thread lock set screws (2) into upper and lower ends of hold down receptacle.

1. With tool top (1) in vise, remove all thread lock set screws (2) from top & bottom ends of hold down receptacle
(3), then unscrew receptacle from tool top and mandrel (19) from receptacle.
off top end of mandrel.
then slide off upper strap retainer (5) and lower strap retainer (14) and remove hold down screws (8), hold down
this time.

PPI – CPW Perf Wash Packer Upper Completions
4-1/2” X 2-3/8”
1. DESCRIPTION
The Logan Kline Tools PPI-CPW Perf Wash packer system is compression set tool that is
designed to isolate perforations or zones for washing or acidizing. The size of the zone can be
adjusted to the desired length. The PPI-CPW Perf Wash tool sets and releases with ¼ turn.
PACKER GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

Casing Tool
Upper Packer Lower Packer
Size Weight OD
Connections Connections
3.776 2-3/8” EUE 8RD Box 2-3/8” EUE 8RD Box X
4-1/2” 9.5-13.5#
” X 2-3/8” EUE 8RD Pin 2-3/8” EUE 8RD Pin
UNLOADER GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

Size OD ID Connections
2 3/8” 3.750” 2.00” 2 3/8” EUE 8RD
AVAILABLE J-SLOT OPTIONS

Configuration
LH Manual
RH Manual
Features
• Adjustable Spacing
• Heavy Duty Packing System
• Rugged Carbide Slips
Required Accessories
• Integrated Locking Unloader (sold separately)

• Internal Rod Assembly (sold separately)

4-1/2” X 2-3/8”
2. SPECIFICATIONS
Attribute Value
Length of Upper Packer 23.40 in 59.44 cm
Length of Lower Packer 30.94 in 78.59 cm
Approximate Weight 130 lb 59 kg
External Working Pressure 10,000 psi 68,948 kPa
Internal Working Pressure 10,000 psi 68,948 kPa
NACE Service No No
(1) Base tool OD. Look at casing weight chart for gage OD.
(2) Higher temperatures can be achieved with different elastomers.
3. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
Note:
Ensure all connections are correctly tightened.
3.1 SETTING:
a. Run tool to desired setting depth.
b. Pick up string weight, then apply appropriate rotation (depending on J-slot configuration) and
set down.
c. As the tubing is lowered the packer control lugs will move into the long j-slots in the mandrel,
allowing the lower slips to set, which prevents further downward movement.
d. Additional tubing weight (up to 12,000 lb max) will now energize the packing elements.
e. During this downward movement, the lugs in the unloader will also travel through their j-slots,
thus closing the unloader bypass ports. These lugs will then automatically move to the locked
close position, preventing them from moving back to the open position during pressure
application.
f. Maintain sufficient tubing weight to maintain pack-off during operation.
g. At this point the lower plunger should be seated thus directing anything pumped down the
tubing out the ports between the two packer sections.
3.2 RELEASING:
3.2.1 In order to release the tool, pick up string weight and continue to move tubing up while applying
opposite rotation to what was used to set the tool.

4-1/2” X 2-3/8”
3.2.2 Once the tool’s control lugs have moved out of the long and into the short portion of the j-slot, the
tool is back in the running position and can be relocated to the next desired location and operated
again.
4. ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS
Note: Care should be taken during assembly to insure all threads are greased adequately.
Caution: Take care not to damage any seal surfaces.
Upper Packer Sub-Assembly

4.1 Assemble hold down slips (7), with O-rings (12) installed, into hold down receptacle (3). Install hold down
springs (8), and retain with hold down straps (9) and hold down screws (10). Retain ends of hold down
straps with strap retainer (6). Slide on hold down spacer (11) and ensure that set screw holes in receptacle
can be accessed through holes in the spacer.
4.2 Screw cap (4) and upper element gage (13) (LEFT HAND THREAD) onto hold down receptacle. Slide volume
tube (14), with O-ring (5) installed, into upper end of hold down receptacle.
4.3 With tool top (1) in vise, and O-ring (5) installed, screw hold down assembly to its lower end.
4.4 Slide port sleeve (18) over mandrel (19), being careful not to damage seal surface. Line up port sleeve slot
with pipe plug hole and install pipe plug (20). Screw lower element gage (17) onto port sleeve. Slide outer
element (15) onto the mandrel, followed by the element spacer (16), then the middle element, then the
second element spacer, followed by the second outer element. Screw element stack assembly into lower
end of hold down assembly.
4.5 Screw upper packer bottom (21) into lower end of port sleeve.
Lower Packer Sub-assembly

4.6 Install drag blocks (29), with drag block springs (30) underneath them, into control body (25). Retain blocks
with drag block retainer (31).
4.7 Install lower slips (26), with slip springs (27), into windows in control body, and retain in a partially expanded
position.
4.8 Being careful not to damage seal surface, slide control body assembly over top of lower mandrel. Slide cone
(24) over top of lower mandrel (23). Screw lower element gage (17) onto cone. Slide outer element (15) onto
mandrel, followed by element spacer (16), then middle element, then second element spacer and lastly the
second outer element.
4.9 With lower top (22) in vise, screw on upper element gage (13).
4.10 Screw element stack/control body assembly into bottom of lower top.
4.11 Install J-pins (32) into holes in bottom end of control body and into J-slots in mandrel. Retain control lugs
with control J-pin set screws (33), and slide J-pin retainer (34) over lower end of control body, covering lugs.

4-1/2” X 2-3/8”
Rod Sub-Assembly
4.12 Screw fishing neck (4) into upper plunger (2). Align hole in fishing neck with slot in upper plunger and install
cotter pin (5).
4.13 Screw spacing rod (1) into bottom of upper plunger. Align hole in spacing rod with slot in upper plunger
and install cotter.
4.14 Screw bottom plunger (3) onto end of spacing rod. Align hole in spacing rod with slot in bottom plunger
and install cotter pin.
Perf Wash Assembly

4.15 Screw KH Unloader into top of Upper Packer.
4.16 Screw upper sleeve (35) into top of KH Unloader.
4.17 Slide Rod Assembly inside of KH Unloader and down to the Upper Packer.
4.18 Connect Lower Packer to Upper Packer with piece of pup joint.
5. DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS
Perf Wash Disassembly

5.1 Unscrew Lower Packer from pup joint and unscrew pup joint from Upper Packer.
5.2 Remove Rod Assembly by sliding out of Upper Packer and KH Unloader.
5.3 Unscrew upper sleeve (35) from top of KH Unloader.
5.4 Unscrew KH Unloader from top of Upper Packer.
Upper Packer Disassembly

5.5 With tool top (1) in vise, remove all thread lock set screws (2) from top & bottom ends of hold down
5.6 Slide volume tube (14) out of top end of receptacle. Unscrew upper packer bottom (21) from port sleeve
(18) and removed pipe plug (20) from mandrel. Slide elements (15), element spacers (16) and port sleeve off
top end of mandrel.
5.7 Unscrew cap (4) and upper element gage (13)(LEFT HAND THREAD) from top & bottom ends of hold down
receptacle, then slide off upper strap retainer (6), hold down spacer (11) and lower strap retainer (6) and
remove hold down screws (10), hold down straps (9), hold down springs (8) and hold down slips (7).
Lower Packer Disassembly

5.8 Remove cap (4) from control body (25) and slide off j-pin retainer (34), j-pin set screws (33), and j-pins (32).
5.9 Remove set screws (2) from lower packer top (22) and unscrew from mandrel (23). Unscrew upper element
gage (13) from lower packer top.
5.10 Slide off elements (15), elements spacers (16), cone (24), and control body off top of mandrel. Slips will fall
inside control body at this time.
5.11 Retain drag blocks (29) with a suitable device and slide drag block retainer (31) off control body. Remove
device, allowing drag blocks and drag block springs (30) to be removed.

4-1/2” X 2-3/8”
Rod Disassembly
5.12 Remove cotter pins (5) from fishing neck (4), top and bottom of spacing rod (1).
5.13 Unscrew fishing neck from top of upper plunger (2).
5.14 Unscrew spacing rod from bottom of upper plunger and top of bottom plunger (3).
6. 110-4520-XXXX PARTS LIST

UPPER AND LOWER PACKER (110-4520-XXXX)
PART NUMBER
ITEM QTY DESCRIPTION
9.5-13.5# (3.750” OD)
1 1 Tool Top 63880
2 10 Set Screw 11156C
4 2 Cap 63890
5 3 O-ring 19228
6 2 Strap Retainer 53590
7 8 Hold Down Slip 50314
8 16 Hold Down Spring 50319
10 4 Hold Down Strap Screw 11433F
11 1 Hold Down Spacer 63960
12 8 O-ring 19125
13 2 Upper Element Gage 61360
14 1 Volume Tube 63920
15 6 Packing Element 720-45-51X
16 4 Element Spacer 61450
17 2 Lower Element Gage 63940
18 1 Port Sleeve 89720
19 1 Mandrel 89700
20 2 ¾” x 0.531” Pipe Plug 115AN
21 1 Upper Packer Bottom 89730
22 1 Lower Packer Top 89710
23 1 Lower Mandrel 6390X
24 1 Cone 63970
25 1 Control Body 63981
26 4 Lower Slip 045PK
28 4 Slip Spring Screw 11336C
29 4 Drag Block 50450
32 2 J-Pin 56550
33 2 J-Pin Screw 11133C
34 1 J-Pin Retainer 56540
35 1 Upper Sleeve 90090

4-1/2” X 2-3/8”
INTERNAL VALVE ROD ASSEMBLY (110-4520-0002 & 110-4520-0003)

1 1 Spacing Rod w/Interface Sub or Tool Top 72411 or 72410

2 1 Upper Plunger 72420
3 1 Lower Plunger 72430
4 1 Fishing Neck 72440
5 3 7/32” x 2” Cotter Pin 73232CPP

4-1/2” X 2-3/8”
7 ASSEMBLY DRAWING FOR UPPER AND LOWER PACKER (110-4520-XXXX)

4-1/2” X 2-3/8”

4-1/2” X 2-3/8”
8. ASSEMBLY DRAWING FOR INTERNAL VALVE ROD ASSEMBLY (110-4520-0003)

4-1/2” X 2-3/8”
9. DIMENSIONS

4-1/2” X 2-3/8”

5-1/2” X 2-3/8”
1. DESCRIPTION
designed to isolate perforations or zones for washing or acidizing. The size of the zone can be
adjusted to the desired length. The PPI-CPW Perf Wash tool sets and releases with ¼ turn.

Casing Tool
Size Weight OD
20-23 LB/FT 4.50” 2 3/8” EUE 8RD Box
2 7/8” EUE 8RD Box X
5 ½” 14-20 LB/FT 4.64” X 2 7/8” EUE 8RD
2 3/8” EUE 8RD Pin
13-15.5 LB/FT 4.78” Pin

2 3/8” 3.750” 2.00” 2 3/8” EUE 8RD
AVAILABLE J-SLOT OPTIONS

Configuration
LH Manual
RH Manual
Features


5-1/2” X 2-3/8”
2. SPECIFICATIONS
Attribute Value
Overall Length (Upper Packer) 35.94 in 912.9 mm
Overall Length (Lower Packer) 34.63 in 879.6 mm
Approximate Weight (Upper & Lower Packer) 146 lbs 66.2 kg
External Working Pressure 10,000 psi 68,948 KPa
Internal Working Pressure 10,000 psi 68,948 KPa
Max Working Temperature2 250°F 121°C
Min Working Temperature 70°F 21°C
NACE Service No
Note:
3.1 SETTING:
b. Pick up string weight, then apply appropriate rotation (depending on J-slot configuration) and set
down.
e. During this downward movement, the lugs in the unloader will also travel through their j-slots, thus
closing the unloader bypass ports. These lugs will then automatically move to the locked close
position, preventing them from moving back to the open position during pressure application.
g. At this point the lower plunger should be seated thus directing anything pumped down the tubing
out the ports between the two packer sections.
3.2 RELEASING:
a. In order to release the tool, pick up string weight and continue to move tubing up while applying
b. Once the tool’s control lugs have moved out of the long and into the short portion of the j-slot, the
again.

5-1/2” X 2-3/8”

4.1 Assemble hold down slips (7), with O-rings (11) installed, into hold down receptacle (3). Install hold down
springs (8), and retain with hold down straps (9) and hold down screws (10). Retain ends of hold down
straps with upper strap retainer (6) and lower strap retainer (12).
4.2 Screw cap (4) and upper gage ring (14) (LEFT HAND THREAD) onto hold down receptacle. Slide volume
tube (15), with O-ring (5) installed, into upper end of hold down receptacle.
with pipe plug hole and install pipe plug (21). Screw lower gage ring (18) onto port sleeve. Slide outer
Lower Packer Sub-Assembly

position.
4.8 Being careful not to damage seal surface, slide control body assembly over top of lower mandrel. Slide cone
(25) over top of lower mandrel (24). Screw lower element gage (18) onto cone. Slide outer element (16) onto
mandrel, followed by element spacer (17), then middle element, then second element spacer and lastly the
second outer element.
Rod Sub-Assembly
4.12 Screw fishing neck (4) into upper plunger (2). Align hole in fishing neck with slot in upper plunger and install
cotter pin (5).
and install cotter.

5-1/2” X 2-3/8”
Perf Wash Assembly

4.16 Screw upper sleeve (36) into top of KH Unloader.

5.3 Unscrew upper sleeve (36) from top of KH Unloader.

5.5 With tool top (1) in vise, remove all thread lock set screws (2) from top & bottom ends of
hold down receptacle (3), then unscrew receptacle from tool top and mandrel (20) from
receptacle.
5.6 Slide volume tube (15) out of top end of receptacle. Unscrew upper packer bottom (22)
from port sleeve (19) and removed pipe plug (21) from mandrel. Slide elements (16),
element spacers (17) and port sleeve off top end of mandrel.
5.7 Unscrew cap (4) and upper gage (14) (LEFT HAND THREAD) from top & bottom ends of
hold down receptacle, then slide off upper strap retainer (6) and lower strap retainer (12)
and remove hold down screws (10), hold down straps (9), hold down springs (8) and hold
down slips (7).

5.8 Remove cap (4) from control body (26) and slide off j-pin retainer (33), j-pin set screws (35),
and j-pins (32).
5.9 Remove set screws (2) from lower packer top (23) and unscrew from mandrel (20). Unscrew
upper element gage (14) from lower packer top.
5.10 Slide off elements (16), elements spacers (17), cone (25), and control body off top of
mandrel. Slips will fall inside control body at this time.
5.11 Retain drag blocks (29) with a suitable device and slide drag block retainer (31) off control
body. Remove device, allowing drag blocks and drag block springs (30) to be removed.
Rod Disassembly
5.12 Remove cotter pins (5) from fishing neck (4), top and bottom of spacing rod (1).

5-1/2” X 2-3/8”
6. PARTS LIST
UPPER AND LOWER PACKER (110-5520-XXXX)
PART NUMBER
20-23# 14-20# 13-15.5#
1 1 Tool Top 63880
4 2 Cap 61130
5 2 O-ring 19228
6 1 Upper Strap Retainer 64730
7 8 Hold Down Slip 50321 50322 50323
10 4 5/16”-18 x 5/8” Screw 11458C
11 8 O-ring 19224
12 1 Lower Strap Retainer 64740
13 1 O-ring 19231
14 2 Upper Element Gage 61611 61610 61612
16 6 Packing Element 720-56-51X 720-55-51X 720-58-51X
17 4 Element Spacer 61590 61594 61591
18 2 Lower Element Gage 61621 61620 61622
20 1 Mandrel 88670
21 2 ¾” x 0.531” Pipe Plug 115AN
64671 (LH Manual)
24 1 Lower Mandrel
64672 (RH Manual)
25 1 Cone 64680
27 4 Lower Slip 55CPW
29 6 Drag Block 50450 50550 50560
32 2 J-Pin 61105
33 1 J-Pin Retainer 64720
34 4 #10-24 UNC x 3/8” Socket Cap Screw 11236C
35 2 ¼” – 20 UNC x ½” Set Screw 11148C
36 1 Upper Sleeve 90090

5-1/2” X 2-3/8”
INTERNAL VALVE ROD ASSEMBLY (110-5520-0004)

1 1 Spacing Rod w/Tool Top 72412

3 1 Lower Plunger 72430
5 3 7/32” x 2” Cotter Pin 73232CPP

5-1/2” X 2-3/8”
7. ASSEMBLY DRAWING FOR UPPER AND LOWER PACKER (110-5520-XXXX)

5-1/2” X 2-3/8”
8. ASSEMBLY DRAWING FOR INTERNAL VALVE ROD ASSEMBLY (110-5520-0004)

7” X 2-7/8”
1. DESCRIPTION
designed to isolate perforations or zones for washing or acidizing. The size of the zone can
be adjusted to the desired length. The PPI-CPW Perf Wash tool sets and releases with ¼
turn.

Casing Tool
Size Weight OD
6.219
17-23#
”
5.970 2-7/8” EUE 8RD Box 2-7/8” EUE 8RD Box X
7” 23-29#
” X 2-7/8” EUE 8RD Pin 2-7/8” EUE 8RD Pin
5.750
29-38#
”

2-7/8” 4.500” 2.438” 2-7/8” EUE 8RD
Features
• For J-Slot Options see page 7


7” X 2-7/8”
2. SPECIFICATIONS
Attribute Value
Length of Upper Packer 38.50 in 97.80 cm
Length of Lower Packer 40.25 in 102.24 cm
Approximate Weight 186 lb 84.4 kg
External Working Pressure 10,000 psi 68,948 kPa
Internal Working Pressure 10,000 psi 68,948 kPa
NACE Service No
Note:
3.1 SETTING:
b. Pick up string weight, then apply appropriate rotation (depending on J-slot configuration) and set
down.
e. During this downward movement, the lugs in the unloader will also travel through their j-slots, thus
closing the unloader bypass ports. These lugs will then automatically move to the locked close
position, preventing them from moving back to the open position during pressure application.
g. At this point the lower plunger should be seated thus directing anything pumped down the tubing
out the ports between the two packer sections.
3.2 RELEASING:
a. In order to release the tool, pick up string weight and continue to move tubing up while applying
b. Once the tool’s control lugs have moved out of the long and into the short portion of the j-slot, the
again.

7” X 2-7/8”

4.1 Assemble hold down slips (21), with O-rings (20 & 25) installed, into hold down receptacle (23). Install hold
down springs (22), and retain with hold down straps (39) and hold down screws (24). Retain ends of hold
down straps with strap retainer (18). Slide on hold down spacer (26) and ensure that set screw holes in
receptacle can be accessed through holes in the spacer. Install set screws (27).
4.2 Screw top gage (16) and upper element gage (28) (LEFT HAND THREAD) onto hold down receptacle. Slide
volume tube (29), with O-ring (19) installed, into upper end of hold down receptacle.
with pipe plug hole and install pipe plug (38). Screw lower element gage (32) onto port sleeve. Slide outer
Lower Packer Sub-Assembly

position.
4.8 Being careful not to damage seal surface, slide control body assembly over top of lower mandrel. Thread
element retainer (42) onto cone (43) and slide over top of lower mandrel (41). Screw lower element gage
(32) onto element retainer. Slide outer element (30) onto mandrel, followed by element spacer (31), then
middle element, then second element spacer and lastly the second outer element.
Rod Sub-Assembly
4.12 Screw fishing neck (1) into upper plunger (2). Align hole in fishing neck with slot in upper plunger and
install cotter pin.

7” X 2-7/8”
Perf Wash Assembly

4.16 Screw upper seat (3) into top of KH Unloader.

5.3 Unscrew upper seat (3) from top of KH Unloader.

5.5 With tool top (14) in vise, remove all thread lock set screws (27) from top & bottom ends of hold down
5.6 Slide volume tube (29) out of top end of receptacle. Unscrew upper packer bottom (36) from port sleeve
(34) and removed pipe plug (38) from mandrel. Slide elements (30), element spacers (31) and port sleeve off
top end of mandrel.
5.7 Unscrew top gage (16) and upper element gage (28) (LEFT HAND THREAD) from top & bottom ends of hold
down receptacle, then slide off upper strap retainer (18), hold down spacer (26) and remove hold down

5.8 Remove control body nut (54) from control body (44) and slide off j-pin retainer (52), j-pin set screws (53),
and j-pins (51).
5.9 Remove set screws (27) from lower packer top (37) and unscrew from mandrel (41). Unscrew upper element
gage (40) from lower packer top.
5.10 Slide off elements (30), elements spacers (31), cone (43), and control body off top of mandrel. Slips will fall
inside control body at this time.
5.11 Retain drag blocks (48) with a suitable device and slide drag block retainer (50) off control body. Remove
device, allowing drag blocks and drag block springs (49) to be removed.
Rod Disassembly
5.12 Remove cotter pins from fishing neck (1), top and bottom of spacing rod (7).

7” X 2-7/8”
6. PARTS LIST
UPPER AND LOWER PACKER (110-7025-XXXX), KH UNLOADER (601-0025-XXXX), AND INTERNAL VALVE ROD ASSEMBLY
(110-7025-XXXX)
PART NUMBER
17-23# (6.219” OD) 23-29# (5.970” OD) 29-38# (5.750” OD)
3 1 Upper Seat 72830
4 1 Unloader Top 57340
5 1 O-Ring 19233
6 1 Unloader Mandrel 57310
1
Spacing Rod (with Tool Top) 72414
7 1
Spacing Rod1 (with Interface Sub) 72415
8 1 Unloader J-Body See Chart Below
9 1 O-Ring 19336
10 1 Unloader Port Sub 57330
11 3 Unloader Seal KH278SEAL
12 1 O-Ring 19340
13 1 Unloader Bottom Sub 57350
14 1 Top 64460
15 12 Unloader Set Screw 11158C
16 1 Top Gage 70968 70961 70963
17 1 O-Ring 19341
18 1 Upper Strap Retainer 64400
19 1 O-Ring 19341
20 8 O-Ring 19230
21 8 Hold Down Slip 50403 50402 50401
24 4 Hold Down Screw 11458C
25 2 O-Ring 19341
26 1 Hold Down Spacer 64410
30 6 Packing Element 721-72-51X 721-70-51X 721-65-51X
31 4 Element Spacer 64390
32 2 Lower Element Gage 70866 70861 70862
33 1 Upper Packer Mandrel 72800
35 1 Bottom Plunger 72430
38 2 Torque Screw 115AN

7” X 2-7/8”
PART NUMBER
17-23# (6.219” OD) 23-29# (5.970” OD) 29-38# (5.750” OD)
41 1 Lower Packer Mandrel See Chart Below
42 1 Lower Element Retainer 64480
43 1 Cone 64470
46 4 Slip Spring Screw 11236C
47 4 Lower Slip 070CJ
48 6 Drag Block 50800 50700 50600
51 2 Control Lug 70402
52 1 Control Lug Retainer 70770
53 2 Control Lug Set Screw 11158C
54 1 Control Body Nut 70270
55 1 Interface Sub (Not Shown) 57360
1
Length of rod is different when using interface sub
Unloader J-Body Chart

Part Number Description
57291-K RH Close, Auto Lock; RH Open
57293-K LH Close, Auto Lock; RH Open
57295-K No Lock Open or Close
57296-K RH Close, Manual Lock; RH Open
57298-K RH Close, Manual Lock; LH Open
57299-K RH Close, Auto Lock; LH Open
Lower Packer Mandrel Chart

Part Number Description
64421 LH Manual
64422 RH Manual
64423 LH Auto
64424 RH Auto

7” X 2-7/8”
7. ASSEMBLY DRAWING – UPPER AND LOWER PACKER (110-7025-XXXX), KH UNLOADER (601-0025-XXXX), AND INTERNAL VALVE
ROD ASSEMBLY (110-7025-XXXX)

7” X 2-7/8”
8. DIMENSIONS
DIMENSIONS (inches)
A 0.75 H 3.75 T 3.88 AA 6.63
B 1.25 J 4.56 U 6.44 BB 6.31
C 1.90 K SEE SPECS V 5.812 CC 8.63
D 1.70 L N/A W 25.81 DD 38.50
E 3.73 M 2.50 X 3.75 EE 40.25
F 3.06 N 18.62 1
Y 2.19 FF 41.942
G 4.50 P 4.00 Z 12.19
1 approximately
2 in position shown

4-1/2" & 5" x 2-3/8" EU8RD Transpack Cementer Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS
13.5-16.6# 3.64"
4-1/2"
9.5-13.5# 3.75"
1.94" 2-3/8" EU8RD
15-18# 4.13"
5"
11.5-15# 4.25"
Description
The Kline Transpack Cementer is designed to provide a tension set full-opening packer for remedial operations such as acidizing,
fracturing, squeeze cementing and casing testing. This packer will remain tightly set and packed off with a high-pressure differential from
either the tubing or annulus. It has fully enclosed bi-directional slips and large surface area drag blocks, both fitted with durable tungsten
carbide inserts. The Transpack Cementer is often run above a retrievable bridge plug, such as our WLTC, for remedial work and leak testing.
An unloader that closes in tension, such as the Kline tension unloader, is run above the packer to provide a means of equalizing tubing and
annulus pressure when required. Only a half turn of tubing rotation is necessary to set or release this packer and, if stuck, three emergency
release procedures are available.

4-1/2" & 5" x 2-3/8" EU8RD Transpack Cementer Upper Completions
PART NUMBERS
1 1 1E2E1P ** TOP SUB 11 1 56560 CONTROL BODY NUT 21 1 19234 LOWER O-RING
2 1 SEE CHARTS MANDREL 12 1 SEE CHARTS SLIP HOUSING 22 1 SEE CHARTS ELEMENT RETAINER
3 1 SEE CHARTS DRAG BLOCK RETAINER 13 1 SEE CHARTS UPPER CONE CAP 23 1 56631-K PACKING MANDREL
4 4 SEE CHARTS DRAG BLOCK 14 1 56600 UPPER SPLIT RING 24 3 SEE CHARTS PACKING ELEMENT
5 16 * 50100 DRAG BLOCK SPRING 15 1 SEE CHARTS UPPER CONE 25 2 SEE CHARTS ELEMENT SPACER
6 1 SEE CHARTS CONTROL LUG RETAINER 16 4 SEE CHARTS SLIP 26 1 52520 BOTTOM SPACER
7 2 11136C CONTROL LUG SET SCREW 17 4 11336C SLIP SPRING SCREW 27 1 52530 LOWER SPLIT RING
8 2 56550 CONTROL LUG 18 4 50725 SLIP SPRING 28 1 SEE CHARTS BOTTOM GUIDE
9 1 SEE CHARTS CONTROL BODY 19 1 19332 UPPER O-RING
10 1 WHM325 SPIROLOX RING 20 1 SEE CHARTS LOWER CONE
* The 5" size uses 20 drag block springs
** If using the 13.5 - 16.6# size with the Kline Tension Unloader, use P/N 00394p
DRESSING CHART
ITEM 4-1/2" D.P. 4-1/2" 5"(15-18#) 5"(11.5-15#) ITEM 4-1/2" D.P. 4-1/2" 5"(15-18#) 5"(11.5-15#)
DRAG BLOCK RETAINER 52393 52390 52390 52390 SLIP 045SK 045SK 050SK 050SK
DRAG BLOCK 50440 50450 50560 50570 LOWER CONE 56613 56610 56610 56610
CONTROL LUG RETAINER 56543 56540 56545 56545 ELEMENT RETAINER 56623-K 56621-K 56625-K 56624-K
CONTROL BODY 52303-K 52300-K 52300-K 52300-K PACKING ELEMENT 602-45-51X * 602-45-51X * 602-50-51X * 602-50-51X *
SLIP HOUSING 56573 56570 56570 56570 ELEMENT SPACER 81643 81640 53475 53472
UPPER CONE CAP 56583 56580 56580 56580 BOTTOM GUIDE 56643 56640 52516 52515
UPPER CONE 56593 56590 56590 56590
* For packing elements, replace the x in part number with 0 for 60 durometer,
1 for 70 durometer, 2 for 80 durometer and 3 for 90 durometer.

4-1/2" & 5" x 2-3/8" EU8RD Transpack Upper Completions
Cementer
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
A B C D E F* G H J K
3.06 2.50 SEE SPECIFICATIONS 3.75 4.81 8.62 6.69 12.56 4.12 57.00
* With packer in position shown
The Transpack comes with one of four different j-slots, including right or left hand set and straight or slanted cross-over.
The straight cross-over allows the packer to be set on the upstroke or downstroke. The slanted cross-over allows the
packer to be run with packer type bridge plugs without locking the tools together (bull-dogging). However, the packer
must be set from the up position, lowering the tubing while holding appropriate torque, and setting the upper end of the
slips first. To complete the set, and pack-off the elements, pull and hold tension. Select the part number below to fit your
needs.
MANDREL SELECTION CHART

J-SLOT CONFIGURATION 4-1/2" D.P. 4-1/2 & 5"
RIGHT HAND STRAIGHT 56506 56501
RIGHT HAND SLANT 56508 56503
LEFT HAND STRAIGHT 56507 56502
LEFT HAND SLANT 56509 56504
ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
1. Screw mandrel (2) to top sub (1) and clamp sub in vise. Assemble drag blocks (4) and drag block springs (5) into
control body (9) and screw drag block retainer (3) in place. Slide control body onto mandrel. Install control lugs
(8) through holes in control body and into j-slots in mandrel. Install control lug set screws (7) and control lug
retainer (6).
2. Slide Spirolox ring (10), control body nut (11), and upper cone cap (13), in that order, onto bottom end of mandrel
up to control body. Install upper split ring (14) into groove in mandrel, slide upper cone (15) up over split ring
and screw onto upper cone cap. Tighten this thread now.
3. Install slips (16), with slip springs (18) attached with slip spring screws (17), into slip housing (12) and slide slip
housing over mandrel. With upper end of slip housing past upper cone cap, slide nut down into housing. Then
work Spirolox ring into groove inside slip housing. Screw nut onto bottom end of control body, using pins
through slots in slip housing and into holes in nut.
4. Slide lower cone (20) over top end of packing mandrel (23). Then, with O-Ring (21) installed, slide element
retainer (22) over lower end of packing mandrel, aligning slots in retainer with lugs on packing mandrel, and screw
onto lower cone (left hand thread).
5. With O-Ring (19) installed in lower cone, screw packing mandrel onto mandrel (left hand thread), forcing O-Ring
over mandrel. Slide on packing elements (24) and element spacers (25), followed by bottom spacer (26) and lower
split ring (27). Then screw on bottom guide (28).
6. Tighten all threads. Insure that left-hand thread connecting the two mandrels is not overly tight, as it must break
if using emergency releasing procedures downhole.

Cementer
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
Note: To replace rubber goods only, complete steps 1, 7 and 8 only and re-assemble.
1. With top sub (1) in vise, unscrew packing mandrel (23) (left hand thread), which requires 45-50 turns. Slide packing
mandrel off mandrel (2), together with lower section of tool.
Caution: Outside surface of mandrel from acme thread up 5" is for O-Ring seal. Do not wrench on or cause damage to this
surface.
2. Insert 2ea. 1/2" dia. X 1/2" long screws into upper slots in slip housing (12) and into corresponding holes in control
body nut (11). Tape over screws to hold in place.
3. With wrench on slip housing, unscrew nut from control body (9) and slide housing down. Remove Spirolox ring (10)
and slide slip housing and slips (16) off mandrel.
4. Unscrew upper cone (15) from upper cone cap (13) and remove them, upper split ring (14), control body nut and
Spirolox ring.
5. Slide off control lug retainer (6), loosen control lug set screws (7) and remove control lugs (8). Slide control body
off mandrel.
6. Unscrew drag block retainer (3) from control body. Drag block (4) and drag block springs (5) will come free at this
time.
7. With packing mandrel in vise, loosen bottom guide (28) and remove it, lower split ring (27), bottom spacer (26),
packing elements (24) and element spacers (25).
8. Unscrew element retainer (22) from lower cone (20) (left hand thread) and slide off packing mandrel. Both O-Rings
(19 & 21) are now accessible for replacement.
SETTING PROCEDURES
Note: If packer is run in tandem with a packer type bridge plug, a special mandrel is required. Ask sales associate for additional
instructions.
1. Add a tension-to-close bypass (such as the Kline tools tension unloader) to the top of the Transpack cementer.
2. Make up assembly onto bottom end of tubing string, ensuring bypass is in the open position, and run to setting
depth desired.
3. Pick up slack in tubing string, then rotate right or left (depending on j-pattern on packer) and set down. Upper
cone will move into upper end of slips and prevent further downward motion.
4. Pick straight up until lower cone moves into slips and upward motion is prevented. Continue to pick up,
compressing packing elements. For this size, 11,000 lb. Over string weight should be sufficient to ensure a tight
pack off.
5. Maintain tension while performing tasks.

Cementer
RETRIEVING PROCEDURES
1. Set weight straight down. Packing elements will relax, the upper cone will move down into the slips (preventing
further downward movement), and the bypass will open.
2. Allow differential pressures to equalize. Hold torque opposite to that used when setting the packer and pick up.
3. Packer will move up the hole and re-jay. Release torque on tubing.
4. Packer may now be removed from well or reset in another location.
EMERGENCY RELEASE PROCEDURES
Note: If packer becomes stuck or cannot be re-jayed while releasing, there are three emergency release features. Follow these
steps until it comes free:
1. Hold tension against the packer and rotate to the right, loosening the safety joint (left hand thread connecting the
mandrel to the packing mandrel). Continue to rotate to the right, which will move the upper cone up until it contacts
the control body nut, then jack the lower cone down until the slips come free.
Caution: During step 1, do not rotate more than 18 turns at the packer. If rotation of 18 turns has been accomplished, and packer
is still stuck, attempt to jar tool free by sitting down and picking up several times.
2. If step 1 does not free the packer, hold tension and rotate to the right an additional 10 turns (at least 28 turns total).
At this point, when packer frees up and is removed, the lower portion of the tool (from lower cone down), will not
come out with the tubing string and must be fished or pushed to bottom.
3. If packer still remains stuck, pull tension to shear the Spirolox ring. Tension required for this is approximately 45,000
lb. When the packer is now removed, the slip housing and slips will remain in the well, along with the lower section.

5-1/2" x 2-3/8" EU8RD Transpack Cementer Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS
13-15.5# 4.781"
5-1/2" 14-20# 4.641" 2.00" 2-3/8" EU8RD
20-23# 4.500"
Description
Kline's Transpack Cementer is designed to provide a tension set full-opening packer for remedial operations such as acidizing, fracturing,
squeeze cementing and casing testing. This packer will remain tightly set and packed off with a high-pressure differential from either the
tubing or annulus. It has fully enclosed bi-directional slips and large surface area drag blocks, both fitted with durable tungsten carbide
inserts. The Transpack Cementer is often run above a retrievable bridge plug, such as our WLTC, for remedial work and leak testing. An
unloader that closes in tension, such as the Kline tension unloader, is run above the packer to provide a means of equalizing tubing and

5-1/2" x 2-3/8" EU8RD Transpack Cementer Upper Completions
PART NUMBERS
1 1 SEE CHARTS MANDREL 9 1 WHM400 SPIROLOX RING 17 8 51789 SLIP SPRING
2 1 SEE CHARTS DRAG BLOCK RETAINER 10 1 56680 CONTROL BODY NUT 18 1 19335 UPPER O-RING
3 6 SEE CHARTS DRAG BLOCK 11 1 56770 SLIP HOUSING 19 1 56710-K LOWER CONE
4 30 50100 DRAG BLOCK SPRING 12 1 56720 UPPER CONE CAP 20 1 19241 LOWER O-RING
5 1 56760 CONTROL LUG RETAINER 13 1 56730 UPPER CONE 21 1 SEE CHARTS ELEMENT RETAINER
6 2 11148C CONTROL LUG SET SCREW 14 1 56740 SPLIT RING 22 3 SEE CHARTS PACKING ELEMENT
7 2 61105 CONTROL LUG 15 4 SEE CHARTS SLIP 23 2 80600 ELEMENT SPACER
8 1 56670 CONTROL BODY 16 4 11236C SLIP SPRING SCREW 24 1 SEE CHARTS BOTTOM GUIDE
25 1 56660-K PACKING MANDREL
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
A B C D* E F G H
3.12 see specs 4.50 3.75 7.00 13.12 4.50 55.50
DRESSING CHART
CASING WEIGHT DRAG BLOCK RETAINER DRAG BLOCK SLIP ELEMENT RETAINER PACKING ELEMENT* BOTTOM GAGE
13-15.5# 56700 50560 055TP 56691 602-59-51X 52920
14-20# 56701 50550 055TP 56690 602-55-51X 52921
20-23# 56702 50450 056TP 56692 602-57-51X 52922
* For packing elements, replace the x in part number with 0 for 60 durometer, 1 for 70, 2 for 80, or 3 for 90

5-1/2" x 2-3/8" EU8RD Transpack Upper Completions
Cementer
slips first. To complete the set, and pack-off the elements, pull and hold tension. Select the part number in the chart
below to fit your needs.

RIGHT HAND STRAIGHT 56651
RIGHT HAND SLANT 56653
LEFT HAND STRAIGHT 56652
LEFT HAND SLANT 56654
ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
1. Assemble drag blocks (3) and drag block springs (4) into control body (8) and screw drag block retainer (2) in
place. Slide control body over lower end of mandrel (1) and install control lugs (7) through holes in control body
and into j-slots in mandrel. Retain lugs with control lug set screws (6) and control lug retainer (5).
2. With top end of mandrel in vise, slide Spirolox ring (9), control body nut (10), and upper cone cap (12), in that
order, on bottom end of mandrel up to control body. Install split ring (14) into groove in mandrel, slide upper
cone (13) up over split ring and screw onto upper cone cap. Tighten this thread now.
through slots in slip housing and into counterbores in nut.
4. Slide lower cone (19) over top end of packing mandrel (25) with lugs on packing mandrel inside slots in lower
cone. Then, with O-ring (20) installed, slide element retainer (21) over lower end of packing mandrel and screw
onto lower cone.
5. With O-ring (18) installed in lower cone, screw packing mandrel onto mandrel (left hand thread), forcing O-ring
over mandrel. Slide on packing elements (22) and element spacers (23), then screw on bottom gage (24).

Cementer
1. With mandrel (1) in vise, unscrew packing mandrel (25) (left hand thread), which requires 45-50 turns. Slide packing
mandrel off mandrel, together with lower section of tool.
Caution: Outside surface of mandrel from acme thread up 5" is for O-ring seal. Do not wrench on or cause damage to this
surface.
2. Insert 2ea. 1/2" dia. X 1/2" long screws into upper slots in slip housing (11) and into corresponding holes in
control body nut (10). Tape over screws to hold in place.
3. With wrench on slip housing, unscrew nut from control body (8) and slide housing down. Remove Spirolox ring
(9) and slide slip housing and slips (15) off mandrel.
Spirolox ring.
off mandrel.
6. Unscrew drag block retainer (2) from control body. Drag blocks (3) and drag block springs (4) will come free at
this time.
7. With packing mandrel in vise, loosen bottom guide (24) and remove it, packing elements (22) and element spacers
(23).
8. Unscrew element retainer (21) from lower cone (19) and slide off packing mandrel. Both O-rings (18 & 20) are
now accessible for replacement.
SETTING PROCEDURES
Note: If packer is run in tandem with a packer type bridge plug, a special mandrel is required.
Ask sales associate for additional instructions.
depth desired.
pack off. At this time, the bypass above the packer will close, sealing the annulus above the packer from the
tubing.

Cementer
mandrel to the packing mandrel). Continue to rotate to the right, which will move the upper cone up until it
contacts the control body nut, then jack the lower cone down until the slips come free.
Caution: During step 1, do not rotate more than 18 turns at the packer. If rotation of 18 turns has been accomplished, and
packer is still stuck, attempt to jar tool free by sitting down and picking up several times.
2. If step 1 does not free the packer, hold tension and rotate to the right an additional 10-12 turns (at least 48 turns
total). At this point, when packer frees up and is removed, the lower portion of the tool (from lower cone down),
will not come out with the tubing string and must be fished or pushed to bottom.
3. If packer still remains stuck, pull tension to shear the Spirolox ring. Tension required for this is approximately
55,000 lb. When the packer is now removed, the slip housing and slips will remain in the well, along with the
lower section.

7" x 2-7/8" EU8RD Transpack Cementer Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS
17-23# 6.190"
7" 20-29# 5.969" 2.50" 2-7/8" EU8Rd
29-38# * 5.750"
* Can also be used in 6-5/8"(20-24#) casing
Description

PART NUMBERS
1 1 SEE CHARTS MANDREL 9 1 WH525 SPIROLOX RING 17 8 51778 SLIP SPRING
2 1 SEE CHARTS DRAG BLOCK RETAINER 10 1 56160 CONTROL BODY NUT 18 1 19344 UPPER O-RING
3 6 SEE CHARTS DRAG BLOCK 11 1 56170 SLIP HOUSING 19 1 56210-K LOWER CONE
4 36 50110 DRAG BLOCK SPRING 12 1 56180 UPPER CONE CAP 20 1 19353 LOWER O-RING
5 1 56142 CONTROL LUG RETAINER 13 1 56190 UPPER CONE 21 1 SEE CHARTS ELEMENT RETAINER
6 2 11158C CONTROL LUG SET SCREW 14 1 56200 SPLIT RING 22 3 SEE CHARTS PACKING ELEMENT
7 2 56150 CONTROL LUG 15 4 070SK * SLIP 23 2 SEE CHARTS ELEMENT SPACER
8 1 56120 CONTROL BODY 16 4 11236C SLIP SPRING SCREW 24 1 SEE CHARTS BOTTOM GUIDE
* For 29-38#, Use 068SK 25 1 56231-K PACKING MANDREL
DIMENSIONS
A B C D* E F G H
3.88" SEE SPECS 5.75" 5.81" 7.81" 12.38" 5.00" 55.56"
DRESSING CHART
CASING WEIGHT DRAG BLOCK RETAINER DRAG BLOCK ELEMENT SPACER ELEMENT RETAINER PACKING ELEMENT* BOTTOM GUIDE
17-23# 54800 50800 80591 56220 602-72-51X 53285
20-29# 54801 50700 80590 56221 602-70-51X 53286
29-38# 54802 50600 80595 56222 602-68-51X 53287
* For packing elements, replace the x in part number with 0 for 60 durometer, 1 for 70, 2 for 80, or 3 for 90


ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
through slots in slip housing and into counterbores in nut.
cone. Then, with O-ring (20) installed, slide element retainer (21) over lower end of packing mandrel and screw
onto lower cone.
over mandrel. Slide on packing elements (22) and element spacers (23), then screw on bottom gage (24).

1. With mandrel (1) in vise, unscrew packing mandrel (25) (left hand thread), which requires 45-50 turns. Slide
packing mandrel off mandrel, together with lower section of tool.
surface.
Spirolox ring.
off mandrel.
6. Unscrew drag block retainer (2) from control body. Drag blocks (3) and drag block springs (4) will come free at
this time.
7. With packing mandrel in vise, loosen bottom guide (24) and remove it, packing elements (22) and element spacers
(23).
SETTING PROCEDURES
depth desired.
compressing packing elements. For this size, 11,000 lb. Over string weight should be sufficient to affect a tight pack
off. At this time, the bypass above the packer will close, sealing the annulus above the packer from the tubing.

lower section.

5-1/2" X 2-7/8" EU8RD Transpack Cementer Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS
13 - 15.5# 4.781"
5-1/2" 14 - 20# 4.641" 2.38" 2-7/8" EU8RD
20 - 23# 4.500"
Description

PART NUMBERS
1 1 1F2F2P TOP SUB 11 1 56870 CONTROL BODY NUT 21 1 19240 LOWER O-RING
2 1 SEE CHARTS MANDREL 12 1 56910 SLIP HOUSING 22 1 56930-K ELEMENT RETAINER
3 1 56830 CONTROL BODY 13 1 56840 UPPER CONE CAP 23 1 SEE CHARTS UPPER GAGE
4 1 SEE CHARTS DRAG BLOCK RETAINER 14 1 56890 UPPER CONE 24 3 SEE CHARTS PACKING ELEMENT
5 6 SEE CHARTS DRAG BLOCK 15 1 56860 UPPER SPLIT RING 25 2 56900 ELEMENT SPACER
6 30 * 50100 DRAG BLOCK SPRING 16 4 055SE SLIP 26 1 56800 BOTTOM SPACER
7 2 61100 CONTROL LUG 17 4 11236C SLIP SPRING SCREW 27 1 56810 LOWER SPLIT RING
8 1 56820 CONTROL LUG RETAINER 18 8 51789 SLIP SPRING 28 1 SEE CHARTS BOTTOM GUIDE
9 2 11136C CONTROL LUG SET SCREW 19 1 19337 UPPER O-RING 29 1 56790-K PACKING MANDREL
10 1 WHM400 SPIROLOX RING 20 1 56920 LOWER CONE * 24 for the 20 - 23# size
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
A B C D E F* G H J K
3.69 3.09 SEE SPECIFICATIONS 4.50 5.25 9.81 6.69 13.81 3.75 64.62
*With packer in position shown
DRESSING CHART
CASING WEIGHT DRAG BLOCK RETAINER DRAG BLOCK UPPER GAGE PACKING ELEMENT * BOTTOM GUIDE
13 - 15.5# 56700 50560 61612 602-58-51X 56880
14 - 20# 56701 50550 61610 602-56-51X 56881
20 - 23# 56702 50450 61611 602-54-51X 56882
*For packing elements, replace the x in part number with ) for 60 durometer, 1 for 70, 2 for 80, or 3 for 90

5-1/2" X 2-7/8" EU8RD Transpack Upper Completions
Cementer

ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
1. Screw mandrel (2) to top sub (1) and clamp sub in vise. Assemble drag blocks (5) and drag block springs (6) into
control body (3) and screw drag block retainer (4) in place. Slide control body onto mandrel. Install control lugs
(7) through holes in control body and into j-slots in mandrel. Install control lug set screws (9) and control lug
retainer (8).
2. Slide Spirolox ring (10), control body nut (11), and upper cone cap (13), in that order, onto bottom end of mandrel
up to control body. Install upper split ring (15) into groove in mandrel, slide upper cone (14) up over split ring
and screw onto upper cone cap. Tighten this thread now.
through slots in slip housing and into holes in nut.
4. Slide lower cone (20), with O-ring (19) installed, over top end of packing mandrel (29). Then, with O-ring (21)
installed, slide element retainer (22) over lower end of packing mandrel, aligning slots inside retainer with lugs on
packing mandrel, and screw onto lower cone (left hand thread).
5. Screw packing mandrel onto mandrel (left hand thread), forcing O-ring inside lower cone over mandrel. Slide on
packing elements (24) and element spacers (25), followed by bottom spacer (26) and lower split ring (27). Then
screw on bottom guide (28).

Cementer
surface.
Spirolox ring.
off mandrel.
6. Unscrew drag block retainer (4) from control body. Drag block (5) and drag block springs (6) will come free at this
time.
7. With packing mandrel in vise, loosen bottom guide (28) and remove it, lower split ring (27), bottom spacer (26),
packing elements (24) and element spacers (25).
8. Unscrew element retainer (22) from lower cone (20) (left hand thread) and slide off packing mandrel. Both O-rings
SETTING PROCEDURES
depth desired.
tubing.

Cementer
lower section.

2-7/8" X 1.315" EU8RD Transpack Cementer Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS
CASING WEIGHT MAX O.D. MIN.I.D. CONNECTIONS *
6.4 - 6.5# 2.300" 1.315 NU10RD BOX
2-7/8" 0.75"
8.6 - 8.7# 2.125" X 1.660 EU10RD PIN
*With a Kline unloader connected. The connections become 1.6000 EU10RD Box X pin
Description

PART NUMBERS
1 1 SEE CHARTS MANDREL 10 1 57080 SLIP HOUSING 19 1 SEE CHARTS UPPER GAGE
2 1 56350 CONTROL BODY CAP 11 1 RSN162 SPIROLOX RING 20 3 SEE CHARTS PACKING ELEMENT
3 1 56450 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER 12 1 57020 UPPER CONE (2 PC.) 21 2 SEE CHARTS ELEMENT SPACER
4 12 50120 DRAG BLOCK SPRING 13 3 25TP SLIP 22 1 56960 BOTTOM SPACER
5 4 SEE CHARTS DRAG BLOCK 14 3 11334C SLIP SPRING SCREW 23 1 56970 SPLIT RING
6 2 57040 CONTROL LUG 15 3 51795 SLIP SPRING 24 1 SEE CHARTS BOTTOM GUIDE
7 1 56990 CONTROL LUG RETAINER 16 1 19217 O-RING 25 1 56950-K PACKING MANDREL
8 1 RRT181 SPIROLOX RING 17 1 57010 LOWER CONE 26 1 57030 BOTTOM SUB
9 1 57100 CONTROL BODY NUT 18 1 57060-K ELEMENT RETAINER 27 1 57070-K CONTROL BODY
28 1 19132 O-RING
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
A B C D E F G H J K L M
1.88 1.28 2.12 1.78 SEE SPECIFICATIONS 2.25 0.94 * 3.88 6.50 3.00 1.56 35.44
DRESSING CHART
CASING WEIGHT DRAG BLOCK UPPER GAGE ELEMENT SPACER PACKING ELEMENT * BOTTOM GUIDE
6.4 - 6.5# 50363 56240 56480 603-27-51X 56940
8.6 - 8.7# 50353 56241 56481 603-26-51X 56941
*For packing elements, replace the x in part number with ) for 60 durometer, 1 for 70, 2 for 80, or 3 for 90

2-7/8" X 1.315" EU8RD Transpack Upper Completions
Cementer

ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
1. Clamp top end of mandrel (1) in vise. Assemble drag blocks (5) and drag block springs (4) into control body (27)
and slide drag block retainer (3) in place. Screw on control body cap (2). Slide control body onto mandrel. Install
control lugs (6) through holes in control body and into j-slots in mandrel. Install control lug retainer (7).
2. Slide larger Spirolox ring (8) and control body nut (9) onto bottom end of mandrel up to control body. Install
both halves of upper cone (12) into groove in mandrel, then install smaller Spirolox ring (11) onto the groove in
the cone.
housing over mandrel. With upper end of slip housing past upper cone, slide nut down into housing. Then work
larger Spirolox ring into groove inside slip housing. Screw nut onto bottom end of control body, using pins
through slots in slip housing and into holes in nut (see disassembly step #2 above).
5. Screw packing mandrel onto mandrel (left hand thread), forcing the O-ring inside lower cone over mandrel. Slide
on packing elements (20) and element spacers (21), followed by bottom spacer (22) and split ring (23). Then

Cementer
Caution: Outside surface of mandrel from acme thread up 2-1/2" is for O-ring seal. Do not wrench on or cause damage to this
surface.
4. Remove smaller Spirolox ring (11) from upper cone (12) and remove them, control body nut and Spirolox ring.
5. Slide off control lug retainer (7) and remove control lugs (6). Slide control body off mandrel.
6. Unscrew control body cap (2) from control body and slide off drag block retainer (3). Drag blocks (5) and drag
block springs (4) will come free at this time.
7. With packing mandrel in vise, break off bottom sub (26) and bottom guide (24). Remove lower split ring (23),
bottom spacer (22), packing elements (20) and element spacers (21).
8. Unscrew element retainer (18) from lower cone (17) (left hand thread) and slide off packing mandrel. Both O-rings
SETTING PROCEDURES
depth desired.
tubing.

Cementer
Caution During step 1, do not rotate more than 18 turns at the packer. If rotation of 18 turns has been accomplished, and
lower section.

SPECIFICATIONS
CASING WEIGHT * MAX O.D. MIN.I.D. CONNECTIONS
*10.2 – 12.95# available on special order

3-1/2" 7.7 - 9.3# 2.812" 1.38" 1.900 EU10RD BOX X 1.900 NU10RD PIN
Description

PART NUMBERS
1 1 SEE CHART MANDREL 10 1 63810 NUT 19 1 63850 LOWER CONE
2 1 63860 CONTROL BODY 11 1 63790 SLIP HOUSING 20 1 19142 O-RING
3 1 55130 CONTROL BODY CAP 12 1 63770 UPPER CONE CAP 21 1 63840-K ELEMENT RETAINER
4 1 55180 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER 13 1 63780 UPPER SPLIT RING 22 3 603-34-51X * PACKING ELEMENT
5 18 50120 DRAG BLOCK SPRING 14 1 63760 UPPER CONE 23 2 55580 ELEMENT SPACER
6 6 50353 DRAG BLOCK 15 4 035SK SLIP 24 1 63730 BACK UP RING
7 2 57040 CONTROL LUG 16 4 11334C SLIP SPRING SCREW 25 1 63740 LOWER SPLIT RING
8 1 63875 CONTROL LUG RETAINER 17 4 51790 SLIP SPRING 26 1 63820 BOTTOM GUIDE
9 1 WHT253 SPIROLOX RING 18 1 19225 O-RING 27 1 63800-K PACKING MANDREL
*For packing elements, replace the X in part number with 0 for 60 durometer, 1 for 70, 2 for 80, or 3 for 90
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
A B C D E F* G H J K L
2.50 1.94 2.81 2.46 3.88 0.88 4.12 9.00 3.50 2.38 43.38

Cementer

ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
1. Clamp top end of mandrel (1) in vise. Assemble drag blocks (6) and drag block springs (5) into control body (2)
and slide drag block retainer (4) in place. Screw on control body cap (3). Slide control body onto mandrel. Install
control lugs (7) through holes in control body and into j-slots in mandrel. Install control lug retainer (8).
2. Slide Spirolox ring (9), nut (10), and upper cone cap (12), in that order, onto bottom end of mandrel up to control
body. Install upper split ring (13) into groove in mandrel, slide upper cone (14) up over split ring and screw onto
upper cone cap. Tighten this thread now.
housing over mandrel. With upper end of slip housing past upper cone, slide nut down into housing. Then work
Spirolox ring into groove inside slip housing. Screw nut onto bottom end of control body, using pins through
slots in slip housing and into holes in nut (see disassembly step #2 above).
5. Screw packing mandrel onto mandrel (left hand thread), forcing the O-ring inside lower cone over mandrel. Slide
on packing elements (22) and element spacers (23), followed by back up ring (24) and lower split ring (25). Then

Cementer
1. With mandrel (1) in vise, unscrew packing mandrel (27) (left hand thread), which requires 34 turns. Slide
Caution: Outside surface of mandrel from acme thread up 3-3/8" is for O-ring seal. Do not wrench on or cause damage to this
surface.
2. Insert 2ea. 3/8" dia. X 3/8" long screws into upper slots in slip housing (11) and into corresponding
holes in control body nut (10). Tape over screws to hold in place.
3. With wrench on slip housing, unscrew nut from control body (2) and slide housing down. Remove
Spirolox ring (9) and slide slip housing and slips (15) off mandrel.
4. Break upper cone cap (12) off of upper cone (14) and remove them, split ring (13), control body nut
and Spirolox ring.
5. Slide off control lug retainer (8) and remove control lugs (7). Slide control body off lower end of
mandrel.
6. Unscrew control body cap (3) from control body and slide off drag block retainer (4). Drag blocks
(6) and drag block springs (5) will come free at this time.
7. With packing mandrel in vise, loosen bottom guide (26) and remove it, lower split ring (25), back up
ring (24), packing elements (22) and element spacers (23).
8. Unscrew element retainer (21) from lower cone (19) (left hand thread) and slide off packing mandrel.
Both O-rings (18 & 20) are now accessible for replacement.
SETTING PROCEDURES
depth desired.
tubing.

Cementer
lower section.

SPECIFICATIONS
24 - 28 # 7.735"
8-5/8" 28 - 40 # 7.562" 3.00" 3-1/2" EU8RD
40 - 49 # 7.344"
Description

PART NUMBERS
1 1 SEE CHARTS MANDREL 10 1 63680 CONTROL BODY NUT 19 1 63660-K LOWER CONE
2 1 63690 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER 11 1 63650 SLIP HOUSING 20 1 19362 O-RING
3 1 63720 CONTROL BODY 12 1 63630 UPPER CONE CAP 21 1 63620 CONNECTOR
4 8 SEE CHARTS DRAG BLOCK 13 1 63700 UPPER CONE 22 2 SEE CHARTS ELEMENT GAGE
5 48 50110 DRAG BLOCK SPRING 14 1 63710 SPLIT RING 23 3 SEE CHARTS PACKING ELEMENT
6 1 63670 CONTROL LUG RETAINER 15 6 085TP SLIP 24 2 SEE CHARTS ELEMENT SPACER
7 2 63580 CONTROL LUG 16 6 11236C SLIP SPRING SCREW 25 1 63610 BOTTOM GUIDE
CONTROL LUG SET
8 2 11168C 17 12 51778 SLIP SPRING 26 1 63600-K PACKING MANDREL
SCREW
9 1 WHM 650 SPIROLOX RING 18 1 19425 O-RING 27 1 19357 O-RING
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
A B C D E* F G H J K
4.50 7.31 7.25 SEE SPECIFICATIONS 3.81 8.00 13.12 5.00 3.75 60.00
The Transpack comes with one of four different j-slots, including right or left hand set and straight or slanted cross-over. The straight cross-over allows the packer
to be set on the upstroke or downstroke. The slanted cross-over allows the packer to be run with packer type bridge plugs without locking the tools together
(bull-dogging). However, the packer must be set from the up position, lowering the tubing while holding appropriate torque, and setting the upper end of the
slips first. To complete the set, and pack-off the elements, pull and hold tension. Select the part number below to fit your needs.


Cementer
ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
through slots in slip housing and into counterbores in nut (as described in disassembly procedures above).
cone. Then, with O-rings (20 & 27) installed, slide element retainer (21) over lower end of packing mandrel and
screw onto lower cone. Then screw appropriate gage ring (22) onto element retainer.
over mandrel. Slide on packing elements (23) and element spacers (24). Then, after screwing appropriate gage
ring (22) onto bottom guide (25), screw bottom guide onto packing mandrel.
surface.
3. With wrench on slip housing, unscrew nut from control body (3) and slide housing down. Remove Spirolox
ring (9) and slide slip housing and slips (15) off mandrel.
4. Unscrew upper cone (13) from upper cone cap (12) and remove them, split ring (14), control body nut and
Spirolox ring.
5. Slide off control lug retainer (6), loosen control lug set screws (8) and remove control lugs (7). Slide control
body off mandrel.
6. Unscrew drag block retainer (2) from control body. Drag blocks (4) and drag block springs (5) will come free
at this time.
7. With packing mandrel in vise, loosen bottom guide (25) and remove it, packing elements (23) and element
spacers (24).

Cementer
SETTING PROCEDURES
depth desired.
tubing.
total). At this point, when packer frees up and is removed,

Cementer
lower section.

SPECIFICATIONS
32.3 - 43.5 # 8.500"
9-5/8" 3.00" 3-1/2" EU8RD
43.5 - 53.5# 8.250"
Description

PART NUMBERS
1 1 SEE CHARTS MANDREL 10 1 63680 CONTROL BODY NUT 19 1 63660-K LOWER CONE
2 1 63570 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER 11 1 63650 SLIP HOUSING 20 1 19362 O-RING
3 1 63720 CONTROL BODY 12 1 63630 UPPER CONE CAP 21 1 63620 CONNECTOR
4 8 SEE CHARTS DRAG BLOCK 13 1 63700 UPPER CONE 22 2 SEE CHARTS ELEMENT GAGE
5 48 50110 DRAG BLOCK SPRING 14 1 63710 SPLIT RING 23 3 SEE CHARTS PACKING ELEMENT
6 1 63670 CONTROL LUG RETAINER 15 6 095TP SLIP 24 2 SEE CHARTS ELEMENT SPACER
7 2 63580 CONTROL LUG 16 6 11236C SLIP SPRING SCREW 25 1 63610 BOTTOM GUIDE
8 2 11168C CONTROL LUG SET SCREW 17 12 51778 SLIP SPRING 26 1 63600-K PACKING MANDREL
9 1 WHM 650 SPIROLOX RING 18 1 19425 O-RING 27 1 19357 O-RING
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
A B C D E* F G H J K
4.50 8.25 7.25 SEE SPECIFICATIONS 3.81 8.00 13.12 5.00 3.75 60.00
DRESSING CHART
CASING WEIGHT DRAG BLOCK ELEMENT GAGE PACKING ELEMENT * ELEMENT SPACER
32.3 - 43.5 # 50960 63550 602-96T-51X 70481
43.5 - 53.5 # 50950 63551 602-95T-51X 70482
*For packing elements, replace the X in part number with 0 for 60 durometer, 1 for 70, 2 for 80, or 3 for 90

Cementer
slips first. To complete the set, and pack-off the elements, pull and hold tension. Select the part number below to fit your
needs.

ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
through slots in slip housing and into counterbores in nut (as described in disassembly procedures above).
cone. Then, with O-rings (20 & 27) installed, slide element retainer (21) over lower end of packing mandrel and
screw onto lower cone. Then screw appropriate gage ring (22) onto element retainer.
over mandrel. Slide on packing elements (23) and element spacers (24). Then, after screwing appropriate gage
ring (22) onto bottom guide (25), screw bottom guide onto packing mandrel.

Cementer
surface.
3. With wrench on slip housing, unscrew nut from control body (3) and slide housing down. Remove Spirolox
ring (9) and slide slip housing and slips (15) off mandrel.
4. Unscrew upper cone (13) from upper cone cap (12) and remove them, split ring (14), control body nut and
Spirolox ring.
5. Slide off control lug retainer (6), loosen control lug set screws (8) and remove control lugs (7). Slide control
body off mandrel.
6. Unscrew drag block retainer (2) from control body. Drag blocks (4) and drag block springs (5) will come free
at this time.
7. With packing mandrel in vise, loosen bottom guide (25) and remove it, packing elements (23) and element
spacers (24).
SETTING PROCEDURES
Note: If packer is run in tandem with a packer type bridge plug, a special mandrel is required. Ask sales associate for
additional instructions.
depth desired.
tubing.

Cementer
total). At this point, when packer frees up and is removed,
lower section.

2-7/8" X 1.315" EU10RD K-10 Packer Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS
6.4 - 6.5# 2.300" 1.660" EU10RD BOX X PIN
2-7/8" 0.69"
8.6 - 8.7# 2.125" 1.660" NU10RD BOX X PIN
Description
The K-10 Packer is a retrievable packer that functions like a permanent drillable packer. It is ideal for many injection, production and zone
isolation functions. Once it is set, it mechanically locks for no movement, and will hold pressure from above or below, with no requirement
for set down weight or tension to maintain its pack-off. It also does not require a hydraulic hold down. When run with an on/off tool, the
tubing string can be disconnected and removed, while leaving the packer in its set position.
This Kline packer is ideal for isolating bad sections of casing in pumping wells and allows the tubing to be landed in neutral so that seasonal
fluid temperature changes in waterflood wells do not cause problems. Tubing elongation will not affect the pack-off. The tubing can also be
left in tension, allowing the packer to be used as a tubing anchor/catcher when required.
Because it is a short packer, the k-10 is extremely useful in highly deviated wells and is designed to withstand up to 10,000 psi differential
from above or below. Its slips and drag blocks are carbide tipped. Using a standard pressure setting device, the k-10 packer can also be run
and set on wireline.

PART NUMBERS
KEY QTY PART # PART NAME KEY# QTY PART # NAME KEY# QTY PART# NAME
#
UPPER SLIP
1 1 TOP SUB 12 1 56250 23 1
SEE CHARTS HOUSING 70370 ELEMENT RETAINER
2 1 19120 O-RING 13 1 70340 BUMPER RING 24 1 70390 SPLIT RING
3 3 11144C SET SCREW 14 1 WSM118 SPIROLOX RING 25 1 56440 CONTROL BODY CAP
4 1 6343X * MANDREL 15 1 601-27-520 BYPASS SEAL 26 1 70380 LOWER CONE
UPPER SLIP
5 1 63440 16 1 19023 O-RING 27 1 56310-K CONTROL BODY
HOUSING CAP
6 1 19121 RETAINER O-RING 17 1 63460 UPPER CONE 28 4 SEE CHARTS DRAG BLOCK
UPPER ELEMENT
7 1 25PSR RELEASING SLIP 18 1 50120 DRAG BLOCK SPRING
SEE CHARTS GAGE 29 12
8 1 63450 UPPER SLIP SLEEVE 19 3 SEE CHARTS PACKING ELEMENT 30 1 56450 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER
9 6 51795 SLIP SPRING 20 2 SEE CHARTS ELEMENT SPACER 31 2 63520 CONTROL LUG
LOWER ELEMENT CONTROL LUG
10 6 11334C SLIP SPRING SCREW 21 1
SEE CHARTS GAGE 32 1 SEE CHARTS RETAINER
PACKING & SEAL
11 5 25KSU SLIP 22 1 63480 33 1 56350 CONTROL BODY NUT
SLEEVE
* Use 63430 for right hand set; 63432 for left hand set
34 1 SEE CHARTS BOTTOM SUB
DRESSING CHART
LOWER
CASING TOP UPPER ELEMENT PACKING ELEMENT ELEMEN DRAG CONTROL LUG BOTTOM
WEIGHT SUB GAGE ELEMENT SPACER T GAGE BLOCK RETAINER SUB
6.4 - 6.5# 70300 56240 603-28-51X * 63540 56245 50363 56456 63530
8.6 - 8.7# 70302 56241 603-29-51X * 63541 56246 50353 56455 63531
*Replace the x in part number with 0 for 60 durometer, 1 for 70, 2 for 80, or 3 for 90

DIMENSIONS
CASING WEIGHT A B C D E F G
6.4 - 6.5# 2.200" 1.562" 1.125" 1.19" 2.125" 1.79" 2.00"
8.6 - 8.7# 2.125" 1.562" 1.125" 1.19" 2.125" 1.79" 2.00"
CASING WEIGHT H J K L M N
6.4 - 6.5# SEE SPECIFICATIONS 5.75" 2.38" * 0.75" 5.38" 40.69"
8.6 - 8.7# SEE SPECIFICATIONS 5.75" 2.38" * 0.75" 5.38" 40.69"
ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
1. Install 1 slip spring (9) to all slips (7 & 11). Install drag blocks (28) and drag block springs (29) in control body (27)
and retain with drag block retainer (30).
2. Install 3 slips (11) into windows in control body. Slide lower cone (25) into control body and screw control body
cap (25) into control body.
3. Slide control body onto bottom end of mandrel (4) and install both control lugs (31) through holes in control
body and into j-slots in mandrel. Retain lugs with control lug retainer (32).
4. Screw control body nut (33) onto lower end of control body. Screw bottom sub (34) onto mandrel and clamp in
vise.
5. Slide packing & seal sleeve (22) into bottom end of element retainer (23) to stop, then install assembly pin
through holes in both pieces. Screw lower element gage (21) onto element retainer, then slide on packing
elements (19) and element spacers (20). Slide this assembly onto mandrel and screw onto lower cone, using split
ring (24) as a thread stop. End of element retainer should go over split ring.
6. With O-ring (16) installed, slide bypass seal (15) onto mandrel and retain with Spirolox ring (14). Then slide
bumper ring (13) onto mandrel to stop, with large OD of ring towards seal.
Caution: Bumper ring is easily overlooked and will prevent correct operation of packer if omitted.
7. Screw upper element gage (18) onto upper cone (17) (left hand thread), then slide upper cone onto mandrel and
screw onto packing & seal sleeve (std. Right hand thread on this size).
8. Install remaining two slips (11) and releasing slip (7) into windows in upper slip housing (12). Slide upper slip
support (8) into top end of housing, retaining slips, and slide this assembly onto mandrel.
9. Install retainer O-ring (6) into shallow groove in mandrel, thus retaining upper slip assembly at stop, then screw
upper slip housing cap (5) into upper slip housing.
Note: Retainer O-ring is used to prevent sliding of upper slip assembly until packer is set. If desired, it may be omitted.
10. Screw top sub (1), with O-ring (2) installed, onto mandrel and tighten all threads. Install thread lock set screws (3).

1. With bottom end of mandrel (4) in vise, remove set screws (3) and break off top sub (1) and slide off upper slip
assembly.
Note: If packer has not been run and optional retainer O-ring (6) is installed, break out upper slip housing cap (5) and remove
O-ring before completing step
2. Insert assembly pin through holes in element retainer (23) and packing & seal sleeve (22) and break upper cone
(17) off sleeve (std. Right hand thread on this size). Remove upper cone, bumper ring (13), Spirolox ring (14) and
bypass seal (15) from mandrel.
Note: If only rubber goods are being replaced, packing elements, bypass seal and O-rings can be changed at this time and
packer re-assembled.
3. Break element retainer off lower cone (20) and slide element assembly off mandrel. Split ring (24) will come off at
this time.
4. Break control body nut (33) off control body (27) and slide off control lug retainer (32). Remove control lugs (31)
and slide control body assembly off mandrel.
5. Break control body cap (25) out of control body and remove lower cone, allowing lower slips (11) to be removed.
Remove drag blocks (28) and drag block springs (29) by sliding off drag block retainer (30).
6. Slide packing elements (19) and element spacers (20) off packing & seal sleeve and slide sleeve out bottom end of
element retainer.
7. Break upper slip housing cap (5) out of upper slip housing (12) and slide out upper slip support (8), allowing upper
slips (11) and releasing slip (7) to be removed.
8. Should it be necessary to break upper element gage (18) off upper cone, this is a left-hand thread.
SETTING PROCEDURES
1. Run packer on tubing string to desired setting depth, pick up and rotate 1/4 turn at the packer (right or left,
depending on j-slot on the packer).
2. Lower packer while releasing torque, which will set the slips and lock the packer in the set position.
3. Set sufficient weight to pack off the elements (6,000 lb. Minimum for this size), then pull tension to test the set of
the upper slips.
4. If sufficient weight was not available, pull additional tension to accomplish a tight pack off.
5. Tubing string may now be left in tension, compression or neutral.

Use these procedures if the packer was set on tubing or on wireline.
1. Set tubing weight on the packer and rotate 1/4 turn to the right at the packer.
2. Pick up while continuing to hold right hand torque. The internal bypass will open, allowing any differential
pressure to equalize.
3. After pressures have equalized, release any right-hand torque and continue to pick up to release the upper slips,
packing elements and lower slips.
Note: The more tension that was pulled, and the more differential pressure across the packer, the more force required to
release the upper slips.
4. Packer will automatically re-jay and may be removed from well or reset in another location (if packer was set on
wireline and has no drag blocks installed, it cannot be reset).

3-1/2" x 1.900 K-10 Packer Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS
CASING WEIGHT MAX O.D. MIN O.D. CONNECTIONS
3-1/2” 9.2 – 10.2 2.78” 1.25” 1.900 EU10Rd
3-1/2” 7.7 – 9.2 2.84” 1.205” 1.900 EU10Rd
SLIP EXPANSION
UPPER SLIP EXPANSION 3.112 inches
LOWER SLIP EXPANSION 3.048 inches
DIMENSIONS
A B C D E F G H J K
2.50 2.50 2.78 2.42 SEE SPECS 4.75 3.38 0.88 4.00 36.56

3-1/2" x 1.900 K-10 Packer Upper Completions
PART LIST
KEY PART NUMBER QTY NAME KEY PART NUMBER QTY NAME
1 63410 1 TOP SUB 16 6325X 3 PACKING ELEMENT
1a 19221 1 O-RING (-221) 17 63360 2 ELEMENT SPACER
1b 11144C 3 SET SCREW 18 63340 1 PACKING & SEAL SLEEVE
2 63350 1 MANDREL 19 63270 1 ELEMENT RETAINER
3 63310 1 UPPER SLIP HOUSING CAP 20 63370 1 LOWER CONE
4 63300 1 UPPER SLIP HOUSING 21 63380 1 LOWER SLIP SLEEVE
5 63320 1 UPPER SLIP BACK-UP 22 035PK 4 LOWER SLIP
6 51790 7 SLIP SPRING 23 63290 1 CONTROL BODY
6a 11334C 7 SLIP SPRING SCREW 24 50105 12 DRAG BLOCK SPRING
7 00U36 0 UPPER SLIP 25 503X0* 6 DRAG BLOCK
7a 00R36 1 RELEASING SLIP 26 63275 1 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER
8 63330 1 UPPER SLIP SUPPORT 27 70401 2 CONTROL LUG
8a 19127 1 O-RING (-127, OPTIONAL) 28 55185 1 CONTROL LUG RETAINER
9 63280 1 BUMPER RING 29 55170 1 CONTROL BODY CAP
10 WSM162 1 SPIROLOX RING
11 31200 1 BYPASS SEAL
12 19029 1 O-RING (-029)
13 63240 1 UPPER CONE
14 6340X 1 UPPER ELEMENT GAGE *50350 for 9.2-10.3#
15 6339X 1 LOWER ELEMENT GAGE 50360 for 7.7-9.3#

4-1/2" x 2-3/8" K-10 Packer Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS
4-1/2” 9.5-13.5 3.75 1.75 2-3/8" EU8Rd Box x
4-1/2” 9.5-13.5 3.75 1.75 2-3/8" NU10Rd Pin
PERFORMANCE
J-PIN SHEAR FORCE 60,000 lb (total)
BYPASS SEAL AREA 0.968 - 0.991 in2
DIMENSIONS (inches)
A B C D E F G H J K
3.12 3.35 3.75 3.25 3.75 5.50 3.06 1.00 5.38 43.69

PART LIST
1 62960 1 TOP SUB 16 603-45-51X 3 PACKING ELEMENT
1A 19228 1 O-RING (-228) 17 62950 2 ELEMENT SPACER
1B 11155C 3 SET SCREW 18 62850 1 PACKING & SEAL SLEEVE
2 6290X 1 MANDREL 19 62800 1 ELEMENT RETAINER
5 62920 1 UPPER SLIP BACK-UP 22 00L46 4 LOWER SLIP
7 00U46 2 UPPER SLIP 24 50100 16 DRAG BLOCK SPRING
7A 00R46P 1 RELEASING SLIP 25 50450 4 DRAG BLOCK
8 62820 1 UPPER SLIP SUPPORT 26 61390 1 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER
8A 19227 1 O-RING (-227, OPTIONAL) 27 62791 2 CONTROL LUG
9 62830 1 BUMPER RING 28 56540 1 CONTROL LUG RETAINER
10 WST231 1 SPIROLOX RING 29 61500 1 CONTROL BODY NUT
12 19035 1 O-RING (-035)
14 41190 1 UPPER ELEMENT GAGE
15 N/A
1 62960 1 TOP SUB

SPECIFICATIONS
5-1/2” 13-15.5 4.78 2.00 2-3/8" EU8Rd Box x
5-1/2” 14-20 4.64 2.00 2-3/8" NU10Rd Pin
PERFORMANCE
J-PIN SHEAR FORCE 71,500 lb. (total)
BYPASS SEAL AREA 1.167 - 1.195 in2
DIMENSIONS (inches)
A B C D E F G H J K
3.25 4.10 4.50 4.00 SEE SPECS 5.12 4.50 1.00 5.75 49.81

PART LIST
1 63050 1 TOP SUB 16 30000 3 PACKING ELEMENT
1a 19231 1 O-RING (-231) 17 6321X 2 ELEMENT SPACER
1b 11155 3 SET SCREW 18 62990 1 PACKING & SEAL SLEEVE
5 63200 1 UPPER SLIP BACK-UP 22 00L57 4 LOWER SLIP *
7a 00R57 1 RELEASING SLIP 25 50XX0 4 DRAG BLOCK
8a 19231 1 O-RING (-231, OPTIONAL) 27 63181 2 CONTROL LUG
9 63010 1 BUMPER RING 28 6317X 1 CONTROL LUG RETAINER
10 WST275 1 PIROLOX RING 29 61130 1 CONTROL BODY CAP
12 19038 1 O-RING (-038)
15 61622 1 LOWER ELEMENT GAGE
An x in the part number indicates that options are available, such as gage size or setting direction.
* Lower slip changes to 00L56 for 20-23# casing.

5-1/2" X 2-7/8" EU10RD K-10 Packer Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS
5-1/2" 14 - 20# 4.641 2.38" 2-7/8" EU8RD BOX X PIN
Description
The K-10 Packer is a retrievable packer that functions like a permanent drillable packer. It is ideal for many injection, production and zone isolation
functions. Once it is set, it mechanically locks for no movement, and will hold pressure from above or below, with no requirement for set down
weight or tension to maintain its pack-off. It also does not require a hydraulic hold down. When run with an on/off tool, the tubing string can be
disconnected and removed, while leaving the packer in its set position.
This Kline packer is ideal for isolating bad sections of casing in pumping wells and allows the tubing to be landed in neutral so that seasonal fluid
temperature changes in waterflood wells do not cause problems. Tubing elongation will not affect the pack-off. The tubing can also be left in
tension, allowing the packer to be used as a tubing anchor/catcher when required.
Because it is a short packer, the k-10 is extremely useful in highly deviated wells and is designed to withstand up to 10,000 psi differential from
above or below. Its slips and drag blocks are carbide tipped. Using a standard pressure setting device, the k-10 packer can also be run and set on
wireline.
PART NUMBERS
KEY # QTY PART # PART NAME KEY# QTY PART # NAME KEY# QTY PART# NAME
1 1 63160 TOP SUB 11 1 63000 UPPER SLIP SUPPORT 22 1 61620 LOWER ELEMENT GAGE
2 1 19231 O-RING 12 1 63150 UPPER SLIP HOUSING 23 1 63035 ELEMENT RETAINER
3 3 11156C SET SCREW 13 1 63010 BUMPER RING 24 1 63020 LOWER SLIP SUPPORT
4 1 6314X * MANDREL 14 1 WST275 SPIROLOX RING 25 1 63220 LOWER CONE
5 1 70260 UPPER SLIP HOUSING CAP 15 1 31190 BYPASS SEAL 26 4 00L57 LOWER SLIP
6 1 19231 RETAINER O-RING 16 1 19038 O-RING 27 4 50550 DRAG BLOCK
7 1 63200 UPPER SLIP BACK-UP 17 1 63195 UPPER CONE 28 20 50100 DRAG BLOCK SPRING
8 14 51789 SLIP SPRING 18 1 61610 UPPER ELEMENT GAGE 29 1 63130 CONTROL BODY
9 7 11236C SLIP SPRING SCREW 19 3 603-55-51X * PACKING ELEMENT 30 2 63180 CONTROL LUG
10 2 00U57 UPPER SLIP 20 2 63210 ELEMENT SPACER 31 1 61690 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER
10A 1 00R57 RELEASING SLIP 21 1 62990 PACKING & SEAL SLEEVE 32 1 6317000% CONTROL LUG RETAINER
* Use 63142 for right hand set; 63141 for left hand set 33 1 61130 CONTROL BODY NUT
* Replace the x in part number with 0 for 60 durometer, 1 for 70, 2 for 80, or 3 for 90
DIMENSIONS
A B C D E F G H J K
3.67" 2.75" 4.10" 4.50" SEE SPECIFICATIONS 5.81" 10.31" * 1.00" 5.75" 50.38"
* In position shown

ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS - MECHANICAL SET
1. Install 2 slip springs (8) to each slip (10, 10a & 26). Install drag blocks (27) and drag block springs (28) in control
body (29) and retain with drag block retainer (31).
2. Install 4 slips (26) into windows in control body. Slide lower cone (25) into control body then slide lower slip
support (24) through lower cone and screw into control body. Tighten this thread now, using assembly pin
through holes in lower cone and lower slip support.
3. Slide control body onto bottom end of mandrel (4) and install both control lugs (30) through holes in control
body and into j-slots in mandrel. Retain lugs with control lug retainer (32).
4. Screw control body nut (33) onto lower end of control body. Clamp lower end of mandrel in vise.
5. Slide packing & seal sleeve (21) into bottom end of element retainer (23) to stop, then install assembly pin
through holes in both pieces. Screw lower element gage (22) onto element retainer, then slide on packing
elements (19) and element spacers (20). Slide this assembly onto mandrel and screw onto lower cone.
6. With O-ring (16) installed, slide bypass seal (15) onto mandrel and retain with Spirolox ring (14). Then slide
bumper ring (13) onto mandrel to stop. Bumper ring can go on either way.
Caution: Bumper ring is easily overlooked and will prevent correct operation of packer if omitted.
7. Screw upper element gage (18) onto upper cone (17) (left hand thread), then slide upper cone onto mandrel and
screw onto packer and seal sleeve (left hand thread).
8. Install the two upper slips (10) and releasing slip (10a) into windows in upper slip housing (12). Slide upper slip
back-up (7) into top end of upper slip housing, followed by upper slip support (11).
9. Slide this assembly onto mandrel until upper slip support enters upper cone and stops against bumper ring.
10. Install retainer O-ring (6) into shallow groove in mandrel, thus retaining upper slip assembly at stop. Then screw
upper slip housing cap (5) into upper slip housing.
Note: Retainer O-ring is used to prevent sliding of upper slip assembly until packer is set. If desired, it may be omitted.
11. Screw top sub (1), with O-ring (2) installed, onto mandrel and tighten all threads. Install thread lock set screws (3).
1. With bottom end of mandrel (4) in vise, remove the 3 set screws (3) and break off top sub (1). Slide off upper slip
assembly.
Note: If packer has not been run and optional retainer O-ring (6) is installed, break out upper slip housing cap (5) and remove
O-ring before completing step 1.
2. Insert assembly pin through holes in element retainer (23) and packing & seal sleeve (21), and break upper cone
(17) off sleeve (left hand thread). Remove upper cone, bumper ring (13), Spirolox ring (14) and bypass seal (15)
from mandrel.

Note: If only rubber goods are being replaced, packing elements, bypass seal and O-rings can be changed at this time and
packer re-assembled.
3. Break element retainer off lower cone (25) and slide element assembly off mandrel.
4. Break control body nut (33) off control body (29) and slide off control lug retainer (32). Remove control lugs (30)
and slide control body assembly off mandrel.
5. Using assembly pin through holes in lower cone and lower slip support (24), break support out of control body
and remove, allowing lower slips (26) to be removed. Remove drag blocks (27) and drag block springs (28) by
sliding off drag block retainer (32).
6. Slide packing elements (19) and element spacers (20) off packing & seal sleeve and slide sleeve out bottom end of
element retainer.
7. Break upper slip housing cap (5) out of upper slip housing (12) and slide out upper slip support (11) and upper
slip back-up (7), allowing upper slips (10) and releasing slip (10a) to be removed.
8. Should it be necessary to break upper element gage (18) off upper cone, this is a left-hand thread.
1. Run packer on tubing string to desired setting depth, pick up and rotate 1/4 turn at the packer (right or left,
depending on j-slot on the packer).
2. Lower packer while releasing torque, which will set the slips and lock the packer in the set position.
3. Set sufficient weight to pack off the elements (10,000 lb. Minimum for this size), then pull tension to test the set of
the upper slips.
5. Tubing string may now be left in tension, compression or neutral.
RELEASING PROCEDURES
Use these procedures if the packer was set on tubing or on wireline.
1. Set tubing weight on the packer and rotate 1/4 turn to the right at the packer.
2. Pick up while continuing to hold right hand torque. The internal bypass will open, allowing any differential
pressure to equalize.
3. After pressures have equalized, release any right-hand torque and continue to pick up to release the upper slips,
packing elements and lower slips.
Note: The more tension that was pulled, and the more differential pressure across the packer, the more force required to
release the upper slips.
4. Packer will automatically re-jay, and may be removed from well or reset in another location (if packer was set on
wireline and has no drag blocks installed, it cannot be reset).

SPECIFICATIONS
5-1/2” 13-15.5 4.78 2.38 2-7/8" EU8Rd
5-1/2” 14-20 4.64 2.38 2-7/8" EU8Rd
5-1/2” 20-23 4.5 2.38 2-7/8" EU8Rd
DIMENSIONS (inches)
A B C D E F G H J K
3.69 4.10 4.50 4.00 SEE SPECS 5.81 4.50 1.00 5.75 50.50
Note: when mandrel (#2) is isolated from the annular area below the packer, the pressure rating on this size is reduced considerably. Contact Kline Tools for more information if packer will be used in this
manner.

PART LIST
1 63050 1 TOP SUB 16 30000 3 PACKING ELEMENT
1a 19231 1 O-RING (-231) 17 6321X 2 ELEMENT SPACER
1b 11155 3 SET SCREW 18 62990 1 PACKING & SEAL SLEEVE
5 63200 1 UPPER SLIP BACK-UP 22 00L57 4 LOWER SLIP *
7a 00R57 1 RELEASING SLIP 25 50XX0 4 DRAG BLOCK
9 63010 1 BUMPER RING 28 6317X 1 CONTROL LUG RETAINER
10 WST275 1 PIROLOX RING 29 61130 1 CONTROL BODY CAP
12 19038 1 O-RING (-038)
15 61622 1 LOWER ELEMENT GAGE
An x in the part number indicates that options are available, such as gage size or setting direction
* Lower slip changes to 00L56 for 20-23# casing.

7" x 2-7/8" K-10 Packer Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS
6-5/8 20-24 5.75 2.44 2-7/8" EU8Rd
7” 32-38 5.75 2.44 2-7/8" EU8Rd
7” 26-32 5.85 2.44 2-7/8" EU8Rd
7” 23-29 5.97 2.44 2-7/8" EU8Rd
7” 17-26 6.07 2.44 2-7/8" EU8Rd
DIMENSIONS (inches)
A B C D E F G H J K
3.67 4.10 5.72 5.08 SEE SPECS 5.81 4.56 1.00 6.12 52.00

7" x 2-7/8" K-10 Packer Upper Completions
PART LIST
1 70250 1 TOP SUB 15 7010XL 1 LOWER ELEMENT GAGE
1a 19232 1 O-RING (-232) 16 603-7X-51X 3 PACKING ELEMENT
1b 11155C 3 SET SCREW 17 7029X 2 ELEMENT SPACER
2 7024X 1 MANDREL 18 70110 1 PACKING & SEAL SLEEVE
3 70260 1 UPPER SLIP HOUSING CAP 19 70121 1 ELEMENT RETAINER
4 70230 1 UPPER SLIP HOUSING 20 70130 1 LOWER CONE
5 7096X 1 TOP GAGE 21 71090 1 LOWER SLIP SUPPORT
6 51789 16 SLIP SPRING* 22 0LU70 5 LOWER SLIP
6a 11238C 9 SLIP SCREW 23 70280 1 CONTROL BODY
7 0LU70 3 UPPER SLIP 24 50110 30 DRAG BLOCK SPRING
7a 0R70P 1 RELEASING SLIP 25 50X00 5 DRAG BLOCK
9 70150 1 BUMPER RING 28 70200 1 CONTROL LUG RETAINER
10 WST300 1 SPIROLOX RING 29 70270 1 CONTROL BODY NUT
12 19040 1 O-RING (-040)
14 7010XU 1 UPPER ELEMENT GAGE
An x in the part number indicates that options are available, such as gage size or setting direction.
*Releasing slip requires 51778

WLTC 7 5/8” X 2 7/8” DP Upper Completions
Description
The Logan Kline Tools WLTC Retrievable Bridge Plug is designed to be used for isolation
during any remedial or stimulation work. It features a large internal bypass for easy running and
retrieval. Bypass helps to wash above elements and around slips prior to releasing. Plug can be
set shallow due to the packing element systems ability to be energized with tension or
compression.
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Casing Tool
Size Weight OD Connections
24-29.7 LB/FT 6.672”
7 5/8” 2 7/8” EUE 8RD Box X Pin
33-39 LB/FT 4.453”
CONFIGURATIONS
Part Number Casing Weight Hand
RH SET / RH REL
24-29.7 LB/FT
LH SET / RH REL
21-7525-X
RH SET / RH REL
33-39 LB/FT
LH SET / RH REL
Features
• Rugged Design with Fully Enclosed Slips

• No Setting Depth Restrictions
• Large Internal Bypass
• Carbide Slips and Drag Blocks Standard
• Wireline Settable (Accessory Required)
Accessories & Redress Kits
• Spring Loaded Overshot

• Ball Catcher Assembly
• Wireline Shear Kit
• Wireline Setting Kit
• Rubber Goods Kit

Reference: LKT-0108-TU- 2019 January HOME OF KLINE TOOLS
TOOL PERFORMANCE
7-5/8” WLTC Tool Information

Valve area 4.004 sq. in.
Suggested Setting Force 14,000-16,000 lb.
Material P110 equivalent or greater for all mandrel components.
Mandrel Tensile Break 183,400 lb. (connecting rod)
Pulling head lug shear (total) 228,100 lb.
Removable j-pin shear (total) 132,300 lb.
Pressure rating (differential from above) 7,500 psi
Pressure rating (differential from below) 7,500 psi
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
Note: Ensure all connections are correctly tightened.
1.1 Setting (Tubing):

a. Attach plug to Spring Loaded Overshot by sliding bottom end of overshot over pulling head
(2).
1. Note: Plug will automatically latch to the overshot once the spring in the overshot has
been sufficiently compressed.
b. Make up Spring Loaded Overshot to tubing string and run to desired setting depth.
c. Pick up tubing and rotate to the right (or left if a LH set is being used) one quarter turn at the
plug.
d. Slack off weight if available or, when setting shallow, pull tension. Compression or tension
required to pack of elements and sufficiently set the plug is approximately 15,000 lbs. This
value may vary.
e. To detach tubing string from the plug, slack off while holding left hand torque and pick up.
f. When performing stimulation or cementing above plug, spot sand on top as required in order
to protect the tool.
1.2 Setting (Wireline):
a. For wireline setting instructions, see wireline setting kit tech unit.
1.3 Releasing:
a. Run Spring Loaded Overshot down to plug. Circulate fluid as required. The overshot will
automatically latch onto the pulling head.
b. Once engaged, continue to circulate to wash off fluid ports and upper slips.
c. Slack of and then pick up while rotating to the right until resistance is felt.
d. The fluid bypass should open at this time. Allow sufficient time for the differential pressure to
equalize before continuing.

e. If ports are still plugged, slack off and continue circulation, raising and lowering tubing until
differential can be equalized.
f. Pull tension against plug until upper slips are pulled free and tubing moves up without any
additional resistance.
g. The plug should now be re-latched in the run-in/retrieving position.
h. The tool may now be either re-set in another location or pulled from the well.
2. ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS (MECHANICAL SET ONLY)
Caution:
2.1 Install slip springs (10) onto upper slips (12) and releasing slip (16) using slip spring
screws (11).
2.2 Install slip springs (36) onto lower slips (30) using slip spring screws (11).
2.3 Assembly drag blocks (33) and drag block springs (34) into control body (29) and slide
drag block retainer (35) into control body (29).
2.4 Install assembled lower slips into windows in control body (29), slide lower cone (28) into
top end and screw control body cap (27) into control body (29).
2.5 Screw upper gage (21) onto upper cone (19).
CAUTION: THIS IS A LEFT HAND THREAD.
2.6 Screw top gage (9) onto upper slip housing (18).
2.7 Screw lower gage onto element retainer (26).
2.8 Slide packing and seal sleeve (24) through lower end of element retainer (26) and then
slide elements (22) and element spacers (23) onto sleeve and retain by screwing into
upper cone (19). Tighten this thread using a pin through the holes in element retainer
(26) and slots in packing and seal sleeve (24).
CAUTION: THE CONNECTION BETWEEN THE UPPER CONE (19) AND THE PACKING AND
SEAL SLEEVE (24) IS A LEFT HAND THREAD.
2.9 Tighten connecting rod (20) into lower mandrel (39) and install 2 thread lock set screws
(3).
CAUTION: DO NOT WRENCH ON SEAL SURFACE AT UPPER END OF CONNECTINO ROD (20).
2.10 Slide Element/Lower Slip/Drag Block Assembly over top end of connecting rod (20) and
install 2 ea control lugs (37) through holes in control body (29) and into slots in lower
mandrel (39).
2.11 Retain control lugs (37) in place with set screws (40) and slide on control lug retainer (36).
2.12 Screw on control body nut (38).
2.13 Install O-rings (14) inside valve seals (17).

2.14 With control lugs (37) in run-in slot of lower mandrel (39), slide valve seals (17) and seal
spacer (15) onto upper end of connecting rod (20).
2.15 Assemble upper slips (12) and releasing slips (16) into windows in upper slip housing (18)
and slide upper slip sleeve (13) into upper end.
2.16 Slide assembly onto lower end of upper mandrel (4).
2.17 Tighten upper mandrel (4) onto connection rod (20) and install 3 thread lock set screws
(3).
CAUTION: THREAD LOCK SET SCREWS MUST NOT PROTRUDE OTHERWISE THEY COULD
DAMAGE THE PACKING AND SEAL SLEEVE.
2.18 Slide thrust spring (8) over upper mandrel (4), followed by spring ring (6) and spring
housing (7).
2.19 Screw spring housing (7) into upper slip housing (18) and compress the thrust spring (8).
2.20 Screw pulling head (2) onto upper mandrel (4) and install 3 thread lock set screws (3).
2.21 Screw pulling head cap (1) onto pulling head (2).
2.22 Check to ensure all threads are tight and all 8 thread lock set screws are installed.
3.1 Unscrew pulling head cap (1) from pulling head (2).
3.2 Remove 3 thread lock set screws (3) from pulling head (2) and unscrew pulling head (2)
from upper mandrel (4).
3.3 Unscrew spring housing (7) from upper slip housing (18) and slide of spring ring (6) and
thrust spring (8).
3.4 Remove 3 thread lock set screws (3) and unscrew upper mandrel (4) from connecting rod
(20).
3.5 Slide off upper slip assembly.
3.6 Slide upper slip sleeve (13) out of upper slip housing (7), letting the slips fall in.
3.7 Slide valve seals (17) and seal spacer (15) off of connecting rod (20).
3.8 Unscrew control body nut (38) and slide of control lug retainer (36).
3.9 Remove control lug set screws (40) and control lugs (37).
3.10 Then slide lower mandrel (39) out bottom end of control body (29).
3.11 Remove 2 thread lock set screws (3) and unscrew connecting rod (20) from lower mandrel
(39).
CAUTION: DO NOT WRENCH ON SEAL SURFACE ON UPPER END OF CONNECTING ROD (20).
3.12 Break element retainer (26) off lower cone (28) and slide off packing element assembly.
3.13 Then slide off packing elements (22), elements spacers (23) and element retainer (26).
3.14 Break upper cone (19) off packing and seal sleeve (24).
CAUTION: LEFT HAND THREAD.

4. PARTS LIST
PART NUMBER
24-29.7# RH 24-29.7# LH 33-39# RH 33-39# LH
1 1 PULLING HEAD CAP 70692
2 1 PULLING HEAD 70700
3 8 SET SCREW 11168C
4 1 UPPER MANDREL 70710
5 1 O-RING 19227
6 1 SPRING RING 70750
7 1 SPRING HOUSING 70940
8 1 THRUST SPRING 70765
9 1 TOP GAGE 70965
10 6 UPPER SLIP SPRING 51789
11 8 SLIP SPRING SCREW 11236C
12 3 UPPER SLIP 75KSU
13 1 UPPER SLIP SLEEVE 70780
14 2 SEAL O-RING 19134
15 1 SEAL SPACER 70950
16 1 RELEASING SLIP 70PSR
17 2 VALVE SEAL 70VS
18 1 UPPER SLIP HOUSING 70790
19 1 UPPER CONE 70800
20 1 CONNECTING ROD 70830
21 1 UPPER GAGE 70815 70814
22 3 PACKING ELEMENT 613-76-51X 602-75-51X
23 2 ELEMENT SPACER 70732 70731
24 1 PACKING AND SEAL SLEEVE 70820

Reference: TU-75 - 2019 January
HOME OF KLINE TOOLS
PART NUMBER
24-29.7# RH 24-29.7# LH 33-39# RH 33-39# LH
25 1 LOWER GAGE
26 1 ELEMENT RETAINER 70870
27 1 CONTROL BODY CAP 70900
28 1 LOWER CONE 70880
29 1 CONTROL BODY 70910
30 4 LOWER SLIP 075CJ
31 1 LOWER CONE EXTENSION 70890
32 10 LOWER SLIP SPRING 51778
33 6 DRAG BLOCK 50950 50900
34 36 DRAG BLOCK SPRING 50100
35 1 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER 70760
36 1 CONTROL LUG RETAINER 62120
37 2 CONTROL LUG 70920
38 1 CONTROL BODY NUT 70270
39 1 LOWER MANDREL 70745 70741 70745 70741

HOME OF KLINE TOOLS
5. ASSEMBLY DRAWING
DIMENSIONS
A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R
2-7/8” EU8RD
3.50" 2.88" 2.25" 2.88" 1.50" 13.44" 6.44" 4.11" 6.45" SEE SPECS 14.19 8.43" 6.41" 11.44" 73.94"
THREAD

HOME OF KLINE TOOLS
5-1/2" WLTC Squeeze Packer Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS
13-15.5# 4.781”
5-1/2" 14-20# 4.641” 1.00" 2-3/8" EU8RD BOX X 1.900" EU10RD PIN
17-23# 4.500”
Description
The WLTC Squeeze Packer is a modification of our well-known WLTC retrievable bridge plug, with the inside parts changed to provide a through
bore and tubing connections. After setting, it can be landed in tension, compression, or neutral, and will perform high pressure remedial work,
including acidizing, fracturing, squeeze cementing and others, only restricted by the small I.D. necessary for this rugged packer. It sets with minimal
tubing manipulation and will withstand differential pressure from above or below. It has a large, integral fluid bypass, allowing the packer to be run
quickly with little chance of swabbing off its extra thick packing elements. The equalizing valve opens before the upper slips are pulled, allowing
pressures to be fully equalized before the packer is released. All slips and drag blocks are tungsten carbide tipped to provide the maximum function
and durability available.
This packer can be set deep or shallow because the packing element system can be energized with compression or tension. It can be quickly
converted to run on wireline.

PART NUMBERS
KEY# QTY PART # NAME KEY# QTY PART # NAME KEY# QTY PART# NAME
1 1 89880 TOP SUB 14 3 11144C THREAD LOCK SET SCREW 27 1 61620 ELEMENT RETAINER
2 1 19225 O-RING 15 2 55KSU UPPER SLIP 28 1 61740 CONTROL BODY CAP
3 3 11166C THREAD LOCK SET SCREW 16 1 55PSR RELEASING SLIP 29 1 61671 LOWER CONE
4 1 89890 UPPER MANDREL 17 2 19030 SEAL O-RING 30 4 055CJ LOWER SLIP
5 1 19224 O-RING 18 1 61660 SEAL SPACER 31 1 61671 LOWER CONE EXTENSION
6 1 61550 SPRING RING 19 2 4555VS BYPASS SEAL 32 1 61640 CONTROL BODY
7 1 61700 SPRING HOUSING 20 1 61680 UPPER CONE 33 6 SEE CHART DRAG BLOCK
8 1 61375 THRUST SPRING 21 1 8987X * LOWER MANDREL 34 30 * 61730 ** DRAG BLOCK SPRING
9 1 61650 UPPER SLIP SLEEVE 22 1 SEE CHART UPPER GAGE 35 1 61690 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER
10 1 61660 UPPER SLIP HOUSING 23 3 SEE CHART PACKING ELEMENT 36 2 61510 CONTROL LUG
11 1 19220 O-RING 24 2 61590 ELEMENT SPACER 37 2 11146C SET SCREW
12 14 51789 SLIP SPRING 25 1 SEE CHART LOWER GAGE 38 1 61730 CONTROL LUG RETAINER
13 7 11236C SLIP SPRING SCREW 26 1 61710 PACKING & SEAL SLEEVE 39 1 61500 CONTROL BODY NUT
* Use p/n 89870 for right hand set, 89875 for left hand set ** Use 24 drag block springs (4 per block) when tool is configured for 17-23# casing
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T
3.12 2.62 1.99 2.80 3.62 4.50 3.88 SEE SPECIFICATIONS 3.25 2.75 4.00 10.94 5.44 7.31 3.94 1.00 7.81 59.25
DRESSING CHART
CASING WEIGHT GAGE RING O.D. UPPER GAGE RING LOWER GAGE RING PACKING ELEMENT * PACKING ELEMENT O.D. DRAG BLOCK
13 - 15.5# 4.781" 61612 61622 720-58-51X 4.75" 50560
14 - 20# 4.641" 61610 61620 720-55-51X 4.56" 50550
17 - 23# 4.500" 61611 61621 720-56-51X 4.38" 50450
* For packing elements, replace the x in part number with durometer: 0 for 60, 1 for 70, 2 for 80, 3 for 90.

1. Install slip springs (12) onto upper slips (15), releasing slip (16) and lower slips (30), using slip spring screws (13)
and 2 springs for each slip. Tighten lower cone extension (31) into lower cone (29).
2. Assemble drag blocks (33) and drag block springs (34) into control body (32) and slide drag block retainer (35) in
place, to retain blocks.
3. Assemble lower slips into windows in control body, slide lower cone assembly into top end, and screw control
body cap (28) onto control body.
4. Screw appropriate upper gage (22) onto upper cone (20) - left hand thread - and appropriate lower gage (25)
onto element retainer (27).
5. Slide packing & seal sleeve (26) through lower end of element retainer, slide packing elements (23) and element
spacers (24) onto sleeve, and retain by screwing into upper cone - left hand thread. Tighten this thread by using
an assembly pin through holes in element retainer and slots in packing sleeve.
6. Screw this assembly onto lower cone and tighten thread.
7. Slide element/lower slip/drag block assembly over upper end of lower mandrel (21) and install 2 ea. Control lugs
(36) through holes in lower end of control body and into slots in lower mandrel.
8. Retain control lugs in place with set screws (37), slide on control lug retainer (38), and screw on control body nut
(39).
9. With control lugs in run-in slot of lower mandrel, slide bypass seals (19) and seal spacer (18) onto upper end of
lower mandrel. Be sure O-rings (17) are inside bypass seals.
10. Assemble upper and releasing slips into windows in upper slip housing (10) and slide upper slip sleeve (9) into
upper end. Slide assembly onto lower end of upper mandrel (4).
11. Tighten upper mandrel onto lower mandrel and install 3 ea. Thread lock set screws (14). Be sure screws do not
protrude to avoid damage to packing and seal sleeve.
12. Slide thrust spring (8) over upper end of upper mandrel, followed by spring ring (6) and spring housing (7). Screw
spring housing into upper slip housing, compressing thrust spring.
13. Install O-ring (5) on upper mandrel, then install O-ring (2) into top sub (1) and screw sub onto upper mandrel.
Install 3 ea. Thread lock set screws (3). Check to insure all threads are tight.
1. Remove the 3 thread lock set screws (3) from the top sub (1). Remove the top sub from the upper mandrel (4).
2. Unscrew spring housing (7) from upper slip housing (10), slide off spring ring (6) and thrust spring (8).
3. Remove the 3 thread lock set screws (14) and unscrew the upper mandrel from the lower mandrel (21). Then slide
off the upper slip assembly.
4. Slide upper slip sleeve (9) out of upper slip housing, letting slips fall in. Slide bypass valves (17) and seal spacer
(18) off upper end of lower mandrel.
5. Unscrew control body nut (39), slide off control lug retainer (38), remove control lug set screws (37) and control
lugs (36), then slide lower mandrel out of lower end of control body (32).
6. Break element retainer (27) off lower cone (29) and slide off packing element assembly. Then slide off packing
elements (23), element spacers (24) and element retainer.
7. Break upper cone (20) off packing & seal sleeve (26) - left hand thread.

8. Retain drag blocks (33) and slide off drag block retainer (35), allowing drag blocks and drag block springs (34) to
come free.
9. If necessary, break upper gage (22) off upper cone - left hand thread, lower gage (25) off element retainer and
lower cone extension (31) out of lower cone.
Note: These procedures are for mechanical setting on tubing. If setting on wireline, see those instructions on another
document
1. With packer made up on tubing string, run to setting depth. The fluid bypass will remain open while running, to
minimize swabbing of packing elements
2. Pick up tubing and rotate (right or left, depending on j-slots) one-quarter turn at the packer. Slack off weight to
close the bypass, set the slips, and move the j-slots to the locked position. Then remove the setting torque.
3. To pack off elements, set additional weight if available or, when setting shallow, pull tension. Compression or
tension required to fully pack off elements depends on several variables, including well temperature, element
hardness, etc. For this size, 11,000 lb. Should be sufficient.
4. The tubing may be landed in tension, compression or neutral. The packer will remain in position, solidly resisting
mechanical or hydraulic forces from above or below, providing a leak-free seal.
RELEASING INSTRUCTIONS
1. Slack off, rotate to the right, and pick up until resistance is felt. At this time, the fluid bypass will open. Allow
sufficient time for differential pressure to equalize before continuing.
2. Pull tension against plug until upper slips are pulled free and tubing moves up without resistance. The packer will
re-latch in the run-in/retrieving position.
3. Unless the packer was set on wireline, it can be re-set in other locations as needed. In any case, it may now be
pulled from the well.

10-3/4" WLTC Bridge Plug Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS
CASING WEIGHT MAX O.D.
32.75-45.5# 9.688"
10-3/4"
45.5-60.7# 9.450"
Locations A and B shown in drawing refer to shear screw locations for wireline set
Description
The WLTC retrievable bridge plug is designed to perform all tasks normally required of a tubing run packer-type bridge plug and can quickly be converted to run
and set on wireline. It is designed to be rugged and compact. When run on tubing, the WLTC can be set deep or shallow because the packing element system can
be energized with tension or compression. This bridge plug will withstand high differential pressures from above or below, while its internal bypass valve is easily
opened to equalize fully prior to release.
Activated slips are always on the low-pressure side with the WLTC design, ensuring that a tight pack-off is maintained. When run on tubing, a circulation passage
through the tool reduces the need for swabbing by allowing fluid to bypass internally. When plug is set, this passage allows effective washing of sand and debris
above the elements, ensuring easy release and retrieval.

Standard equipment on the WLTC retrievable bridge plug includes tungsten carbide-tipped slips and drag blocks, which are long lasting and allow for easy setting
in the hardest casings. Kline's spring loaded overshot is used to run (tubing set) and retrieve (tubing or wireline set) the WLTC bridge plug.
PART NUMBERS
1 1 70310 PULLING HEAD CAP 15 2 103KSR RELEASING SLIP 29 1 SEE NOTE LOWER MANDREL
2 1 70320 PULLING HEAD 16 2 19141 SEAL O-RING 30 1 70510 LOWER CONE
3 6 11168C THREAD LOCK SET SCREW 17 2 70360 BYPASS SEAL 31 1 70530 CONTROL BODY CAP
4 1 70330 UPPER MANDREL 18 1 70350 SEAL SPACER 32 1 70520 LOWER CONE EXTENSION
5 1 19230 O-RING 19 1 70430 UPPER CONE 33 6 100CT LOWER SLIP
6 1 70385 SPRING RING 20 1 19339 O-RING 34 1 70540 CONTROL BODY
7 1 70400 SPRING HOUSING 21 1 19349 O-RING 35 8 SEE BELOW DRAG BLOCK
8 1 63510 THRUST SPRING 22 1 SEE BELOW UPPER GAGE 36 48 50110 DRAG BLOCK SPRING
9 1 70410 UPPER SLIP SLEEVE 23 3 SEE BELOW PACKING ELEMENT 37 1 70570 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER
10 1 70420 UPPER SLIP HOUSING 24 2 SEE BELOW ELEMENT SPACER 38 1 SEE BELOW CONTROL LUG RETAINER
11 1 SEE BELOW TOP GAGE 25 1 70460 SEAL SLEEVE 39 2 11168C SET SCREW
12 24 51789 * SLIP SPRING 26 1 70450 PACKING SLEEVE 40 2 64000 CONTROL LUG
13 12 11236C SLIP SPRING SCREW 27 1 SEE BELOW LOWER GAGE 41 1 70580 CONTROL BODY NUT
14 4 103KSU UPPER SLIP 28 1 70500 ELEMENT RETAINER 42 1 SEE NOTE LOWER MANDREL
NOTE: 63492 FOR LEFT HAND, 63491 FOR RIGHT HAND 43 2 11168C DISASSEMBLY SCREWS
* FOR RELEASING SLIPS, USE 2 FOR EACH, P/N 51778
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
4.00 3.38 2.67 3.92 5.00 SEE SPECS 2.88 2.88 13.44 6.44 3.75 25.62 8.62 3.25 13.31 71.00 4-1/2" REG 10RD THD 8.25
DRESSING CHART
CASING WEIGHT GAGE RING O.D. TOP GAGE UPPER GAGE ELEMENT SPACER LOWER GAGE PACKING ELEMENT CONTROL LUG RETAINER DRAG BLOCK
32.75-45.5# 9.688" 70593 70443 70483 70493 603-10-51X * 70562 50960
45.5-60.7# 9.450" 70594 70444 70484 70494 603-10-51X * 70563 50950
*REPLACE X WITH 0 FOR 60 DUROMETER, 1 FOR 70 D., 2 FOR 80 D., 3 FOR 90 D.

ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES FOR MECHANICAL SET
1. Install slip springs (12) onto upper slips (14), releasing slip (15) and lower slips (33), using slip spring screws (13).
Tighten lower cone extension (32) into lower cone (30).
place.
3. Assemble lower slips into windows in control body, slide lower cone (30) into top end, and screw control body cap
(31) Into control body.
4. Screw appropriate upper gage (22) onto upper cone (19) [LEFT HAND THREAD], then install O-rings (20 &21) and
tighten seal sleeve (25) into upper cone (LEFT HAND THREAD).
5. Screw appropriate lower gage (27) onto element retainer (28), then slide packing sleeve (26) through lower end of
element retainer. Slide packing elements (23)
6. Tighten this thread using pin through holes in element retainer and slots in packing sleeve. Screw this assembly
onto lower cone, and tighten thread.
Caution: During next step, do not wrench on seal surface at upper end of lower mandrel (29).
7. Slide element/lower slip/drag block assembly over top end of lower mandrel (29) and install 2 ea. control lugs (40)
through holes in control body and into slots in lower mandrel.
8. With control lugs in lowest slot of lower mandrel, slide bypass seals (17) and seal spacer (18) onto upper end of
lower mandrel. Be sure O-rings (16) are inside seals.
9. Assemble upper and releasing slips into windows in upper slip housing (10) and screw upper slip sleeve (9) into
10. Tighten upper mandrel onto lower mandrel and install 3 thread lock set screws (3). Be sure screws do not
protrude to avoid damage to seal sleeve.
spring housing into upper slip sleeve, compressing thrust spring.
12. Screw pulling head (2) onto upper mandrel and install 3 thread lock set screws (3). Screw pulling head cap (1) onto
pulling head.
13. Check to insure all set screws and threads are tight.
1. Unscrew pulling head cap (1) from pulling head (2). Remove 3 thread lock set screws (3) and unscrew pulling
head from upper mandrel (4).
2. Unscrew spring housing (7) from upper slip sleeve (9), slide off spring ring (6) and thrust spring (8).
3. Remove 3 thread lock set screws (3) and unscrew upper mandrel from lower mandrel (29). Then slide off upper
slip assembly.
4. Screw upper slip sleeve (9) out of upper slip housing (10), using wrench on disassembly screws (43), letting slips
fall in. Slide bypass seals (17) and seal spacer (18) off lower mandrel.
5. Unscrew control body nut (41), slide off control lug retainer (38), remove set screws (39) and control lugs (40),
then slide lower mandrel out bottom end of control body (34).
6. Break element retainer (28) off lower cone (30) and slide off packing element assembly. Break upper cone (19) off
packing sleeve (26) (LEFT HAND THREAD).

7. Slide off packing elements (23), element spacers (24) and element retainer. Break seal sleeve (25) out of upper
cone (LEFT HAND THREAD).
8. If required, remove top gage (11), upper gage (22) and lower gage (27). The upper gage has a LEFT HAND
THREAD. Lower cone extension (32) may be removed from lower cone.
SETTING PROCEDURES
Note: These procedures are for mechanical setting, on tubing. If setting on wireline, see those instructions on another
document
1. Attach bridge plug to WLTC spring loaded overshot by sliding bottom end of overshot over pulling head of bridge
plug. When the spring force in the overshot has been sufficiently
2. Make up spring loaded overshot on bottom of tubing string and run tubing to setting depth. The fluid bypass will
remain open while running, to minimize swabbing of packing elements.
3. Pick up tubing and rotate (right or left, depending on j-slots in the plug) one-quarter turn at the plug. Slack off
weight to close the bypass, set the slips, and move the j-slots
tension required to fully pack off elements depends on several
5. To detach the tubing string from the WLTC bridge plug, slack off, hold left-hand torque and pick up. The plug will
now remain in position, solidly resisting mechanical or hydraulic
6. When performing stimulation or cementing operations above, spot sand on top as required, protecting the bridge
plug.
Note: These procedures can be used after the WLTC bridge plug has been set on wireline or tubing
1. With the overshot at bottom of tubing string, move down onto the bridge plug, circulating fluid as required. The
overshot will automatically latch onto the pulling head.
2. Slack off, rotate to the right, and pick up until resistance is felt.
3. At this time, the fluid bypass will open. Allow sufficient time for differential pressure to equalize before continuing.
4. If ports are still plugged, slack off and continue circulation, raising and lowering tubing until differential can be
equalized.
5. Pull tension against plug until upper slips are pulled free and tubing moves up without resistance. The bridge plug
will re-latch in the run-in/retrieving position.
6. Unless the bridge plug was set on wireline, it can be re-set in other locations as needed. In any case, it may now
be pulled from the well.

SPECIFICATIONS
CASING WEIGHT MAX OD
8-5/8” 24-32# 7.735"
8-5/8” 32-40# 7.562"
8-5/8” 40-49# 7.344"
Description
The WLTC Retrievable Bridge Plug is designed to perform all tasks normally required of a tubing run packer-type bridge plug and can quickly be converted to
run and set on wireline. It is designed to be rugged and compact. When run on tubing, the WLTC can be set deep or shallow because the packing element system
can be energized with tension or compression. This bridge plug will withstand high differential pressures from above or below, while its internal bypass valve is
easily opened to equalize fully prior to release.

Activated slips are always on the low pressure side with the WLTC design, ensuring that a tight pack-off is maintained. When run on tubing, a circulation passage
PART NUMBERS
1 1 70692 PULLING HEAD CAP 12a 2 75PSR RELEASING SLIP 25 1 70825 SEAL SLEEVE
2 1 70700 PULLING HEAD 13 2 70VS SEAL 26 1 SEE BELOW ELEMENT RETAINER
3 8 11168C SET SCREW 14 2 19134 SEAL O-RING 27 1 90180 CONTROL BODY CAP
4 1 70710 UPPER MANDREL 15 1 70950 SEAL SPACER 28 1 90170 LOWER CONE
5 1 19227 O-RING 16 1 90110 SLIP HOUSING 29 6 090PP LOWER SLIP
6 1 70750 SPRING RING 17 1 90130 UPPER CONE 30 1 90190 CONTROL BODY
7 1 70940 SPRING HOUSING 18 1 70830 CONNECTING ROD 31 48 50110 DRAG BLOCK SPRING
8 1 70765 THRUST SPRING 19 2 19343 O-RING 32 8 SEE BELOW DRAG BLOCK
9 1 90100 UPPER SLIP SLEEVE 20 1 19249 O-RING 33 1 90200 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER
10 20 51789 SLIP SPRING 21 1 SEE BELOW UPPER GAGE 34 2 70920 CONTROL LUG
10A 4 51778 RELEASING SLIP SPRING 22 1 90140 PACKING SLEEVE 35 2 11158C SET SCREW
11 12 11236C SLIP SPRING SCREW 23 2 SEE BELOW ELEMENT SPACER 36 1 90210 CONTROL LUG RETAINER
12 4 75KSU UPPER SLIP 24 3 60387B51X* PACKING ELEMENT 37 1 70270 CONTROL BODY NUT
38 1 70741** LOWER MANDREL
**70741 FOR LEFT HAND, 70145 FOR RIGHT HAND
DIMENSIONS
SEE 2-7/8”
3.50" 2.88” 2.25” 3.25” 4.11” 7.375" 2.88” 1.50" 13.44” 6.44” 0.75” 25.88” 8.38" 4.25" 10.47" 73.94”
SPECS EU8RD

DRESSING CHART
CASING WEIGHT GAGE RING O.D. UPPER GAGE RING PART# ELEMENT SPACER ELEMENT RETAINER PART# ELEMENT PART# ELEMENT O.D. DRAG BLOCK
24-32# 7.735" 60709 70486 90162 603-87B-51X* 7-11/16" 50800
32-40# 7.562" 60701 70486 90160 603-86B-51X 7-3/8" 50800
40-49# 7.344" 60704 70485 90161 603-85B-51X 7-3/16" 50700
*ON ALL PACKING ELEMENT PART NUMBERS, THE LAST DIGIT IN THE PART NUMBER INDICATES DUROMETER, WITH ‘3’ BEING 90 DUROMETER, ’2’ BEING 80, ‘1’BEING 70, ‘0’ BEING 60

1. Install slip springs (10 & 10a) onto upper slips (12), releasing slip (12a) and lower slips (29), using slip spring
screws (11).
place.
(27) onto control body.
4. Screw appropriate upper gage (21) onto upper cone (17) [LEFT HAND THREAD], then install O-rings (19 & 20) and
5. Slide packing sleeve (22) through lower end of element retainer (26), slide packing elements (24) and element
spacers (23) onto packing sleeve, and retain by screwing onto
Caution: During next step, do not wrench on seal surface at upper end of connecting rod (18).
7. Tighten connecting rod into lower mandrel (38) and install thread lock set screws (3).
8. Slide element/lower slip/drag block assembly over top end of connecting rod and install 2 ea. control lugs (34)
9. With control lugs in run-in slot of lower mandrel, slide valve seals (13) and seal spacer (15) onto upper end of
connecting rod. Be sure O-rings (14) are inside seals.
11. Tighten upper mandrel onto connecting rod and install thread lock set screws (3). Be sure screws do not protrude
to avoid damage to seal sleeve.
13. Screw pulling head (2) onto upper mandrel and install thread lock set screws (3). Screw pulling head cap (1) onto
pulling head. Check to insure all threads are tight and all 8 thread lock set screws are installed.
1. Unscrew pulling head cap (1) from pulling head (2). Remove thread lock set screws (3) and unscrew pulling head
from upper mandrel (4).
3. Remove thread lock set screws (3) and unscrew upper mandrel from connecting rod (18). Then Slide off upper slip
assembly.
4. Slide upper slip sleeve (9) out of upper slip housing, letting slips fall in. Slide valve seals (13) and seal spacer (15)
off control rod.
lugs (34), then slide lower mandrel (38)
6. Remove thread lock set screws (3) and unscrew connecting rod (NO WRENCH ON SEAL SURFACE AT UPPER END)
from lower mandrel.

7. Break element retainer (26) off lower cone (28) and slide off packing element assembly. Then break upper cone
(17) off packing sleeve (22) (LEFT HAND THREAD)
8. Slide off packing elements (22), element spacers (23) and element retainer then break seal sleeve (25) out of upper
SETTING PROCEDURES
document
plug. When the spring force in the overshot has been sufficiently
now remain in position, solidly resisting mechanical or hydraulic
plug.
equalized.

2-7/8" WLTC Retrievable Bridge Plug Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS
6.4-6.5# 2.300"
2-7/8"
8.6-8.7# 2.125"
Description
The WLTC Retrievable Bridge Plug is designed to perform all tasks normally required of a tubing run packer-type bridge plug and can be quickly converted to
Standard equipment on the WLTC retrievable bridge plug includes tungsten carbide-tipped slips and drag blocks, which are long-lasting and allow for easy setting
in the hardest casing. Kline's spring loaded overshot is used to run (tubing set) and retrieve (tubing or wireline set) the WLTC bridge plug. Sealer ball catcher
assemblies are also available, both for mechanical setting and wireline setting.

PART NUMBERS
1 1 56290 PULLING HEAD CAP 12 1 56250 SLIP HOUSING 23 1 56440 CONTROL BODY CAP
2 1 56280 PULLING HEAD 13 2 25VS VALVE SEAL 24 1 56270 LOWER CONE
3 6 11144C THD. LOCK SET SCREWS 14 2 19021 SEAL O-RING 25 1 56310-K CONTROL BODY
4 1 56420 SPRING RING 15 1 56260 UPPER CONE 26 12 50120 DRAG BLOCK SPRING
5 1 56325 THRUST SPRING 16 1 56330 CONNECTING ROD 27 4 SEE BELOW DRAG BLOCK
6 1 56320 SPRING HOUSING 17 1 SEE BELOW UPPER GAGE 28 1 56450 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER
7 1 56510 UPPER SLIP SLEEVE 18 3 SEE BELOW PACKING ELEMENT 29 2 56380 CONTROL LUG
8 6 11334C SLIP SPRING SCREW 19 2 SEE BELOW ELEMENT SPACER 30 1 SEE BELOW CONTROL LUG RETAINER
9 6 51795 SLIP SPRING 20 1 SEE BELOW LOWER GAGE 31 1 56350 CONTROL BODY NUT
10 5 25KSU UPPER & LOWER SLIP 21 1 56430 PICK-UP RING 32 1 5639X* LOWER MANDREL
11 1 25PSR RELEASING SLIP 22 1 56340 ELEMENT RETAINER 33 1 56360 PACKING & SEAL SLEEVE
34 1 56300 UPPER MANDREL
*56391 FOR LEFT HAND, 56390 FOR RIGHT HAND
DIMENSIONS
A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S
1.81" 1.40" 1.12" 1.88" 2.12" SEE SPECS 2.63" .63" 11.00" 1.25" .38" 16.62" 5.38" 2.50" 4.44" 45.56" 1.315" EU10Rd

CASING WT GAGE O.D. UPPER GAGE RING PART# ELEMENT SPACER LOWER GAGE RING ELEMENT* PART# ELEMENT O.D. DRAG BLOCK CONT.LUG RET.
6.4-6.5# 2.300" 56240 56480 56245 603-27-51X 2-1/4" 50363 56456
8.6-8.7# 2.125" 56241 56481 56246 603-26-51X 2" 50353 56455
*ON ALL PACKING ELEMENT PART NUMBERS, REPLACE X WITH 1 FOR 70D., 2 FOR 80D., 3 FOR 90D.

ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS FOR MECHANICAL SET –

SEE SEPARATE INSTRUCTIONS FOR ASSEMBLING FOR WIRELINE SETTING.
1. Install 1 slip spring (9) onto each slip (10 & 11). Retain with slip spring screws (8). Assemble drag blocks (27) and
drag block springs (26) into control body (25) and slide drag block
2. Screw appropriate upper gage (17) onto upper cone (15) (left hand thread) and lower gage (20) onto element
retainer (22). Slide packing &sleeve (33) through lower end of element
3. Slide control body onto lower mandrel (32), and pick-up ring (21) onto connecting rod (16), then screw assembly
with packing elements onto lower cone. Tighten connecting rod
4. With control lugs in lower (run-in) slots of lower mandrel, slide valve seals (13), with O-rings (14) installed, on
upper end of connecting rod.
5. Assemble upper and releasing slips into windows in slip housing (12) and slide upper slip sleeve (7) into upper
end. Slide assembly onto lower end of upper mandrel (34). Tighten upper
6. Slide thrust spring over top end of upper mandrel, followed by spring ring (4) and spring housing (6). Screw
spring housing into upper slip housing and tighten.
7. Tighten pulling head (2) onto upper mandrel and install thread lock screws. Tighten pulling head cap (1) onto
pulling head. Check to insure all threads are tight.
1. Unscrew pulling head cap (1) from pulling head. Remove thread lock set screws (3) and unscrew pulling head
from upper mandrel (34). Unscrew spring housing (6) from upper slip
2. Slide off upper slip assembly, slide upper slip sleeve (7) out of upper slip housing, letting slips fall in. Slide valve
seals (13) off control rod.
3. Screw control body nut (31) off control body (25) and slide off control lug retainer (30). Remove control lugs (29)
and slide lower mandrel (32) out bottom end of control body.
packing & seal sleeve (33) (left hand thread) and slide off packing
5. Break control body cap (23) off control body and remove lower cone. Lower slips will fall in. Slide off drag block
retainer (28), freeing drag blocks (27) and drag block springs (26).
SETTING PROCEDURES
document
plug. When the spring force in the overshot has been sufficiently overcome, the pulling heads will automatically
latch to the overshot.
weight to close the bypass, set the slips, and move the j-slots to the locked position. Remove setting torque.

tension required to fully pack off elements depends on several variables (well temperature, element hardness,
etc.). For this size, 6,000 lb. should be sufficient.
now remain in position, solidly resisting mechanical or hydraulic forces from above or below, and provide a leak
free seal in the casing.
plug.
overshot will automatically latch onto the pulling head. Once engaged, continue to circulate to wash off fluid
ports and upper slips.
equalized.

SPECIFICATIONS
32.3-43.5# 8.500"
9-5/8" 36-47# 8.438"
43.5-53.5# 8.250"
Description
The WLTC Retrievable Bridge Plug is designed to perform all tasks normally required of a tubing run packer-type bridge plug and can quickly be converted to
easily opened to equalize fully prior to release. Activated slips are always on the low pressure side with the WLTC design, ensuring that a tight pack-off is
maintained. When run on tubing, a circulation passage through the tool reduces the need for swabbing by allowing fluid to bypass internally. When plug is set,
this passage allows effective washing of sand and debris above the elements, ensuring easy release and retrieval.

PART NUMBERS
1 1 70310 PULLING HEAD CAP 15 2 95PSR RELEASING SLIP 29 1 SEE NOTE LOWER MANDREL
2 1 70320 PULLING HEAD 16 2 19141 SEAL O-RING 30 1 70510 LOWER CONE
3 6 11168C THREAD LOCK SET SCREW 17 2 70360 BYPASS SEAL 31 1 70530 CONTROL BODY CAP
4 1 70330 UPPER MANDREL 18 1 70350 SEAL SPACER 32 1 70520 LOWER CONE EXTENSION
5 1 19230 O-RING 19 1 70430 UPPER CONE 33 6 090PP LOWER SLIP
6 1 70385 SPRING RING 20 1 19339 O-RING 34 1 70540 CONTROL BODY
7 1 70400 SPRING HOUSING 21 1 19349 O-RING 35 8 SEE BELOW DRAG BLOCK
8 1 63510 THRUST SPRING 22 1 SEE BELOW UPPER GAGE 36 48 50110 DRAG BLOCK SPRING
9 1 70410 UPPER SLIP SLEEVE 23 3 SEE BELOW PACKING ELEMENT 37 1 70570 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER
10 1 70420 UPPER SLIP HOUSING 24 2 SEE BELOW ELEMENT SPACER 38 1 SEE BELOW CONTROL LUG RETAINER
11 1 SEE BELOW TOP GAGE 25 1 70460 SEAL SLEEVE 39 2 11168C SET SCREW
12 20 51789 SLIP SPRING 26 1 70450 PACKING SLEEVE 40 2 64000 CONTROL LUG
13 12 11236C SLIP SPRING SCREW 27 1 SEE BELOW LOWER GAGE 41 1 70580 CONTROL BODY NUT
14 4 95KSU UPPER SLIP 28 1 70500 ELEMENT RETAINER 42 2 11268C DISASSEMBLY SCREWS
43 4 51778* RELEASING SLIP SPRING
NOTE: 63492 FOR LEFT HAND, 63491 FOR RIGHT HAND
* FOR RELEASING SLIPS ONLY, USE 2 SPRINGS PER SLIP (NOT SHOWN ABOVE)
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
4-1/2" NUE 8 RD
4.00 3.38 2.67 3.92 5.00 SEE SPECS 2.88 1.50 13.44 6.44 3.75 25.62 8.62 3.25 13.31 71.00 8.25
THD
DRESSING CHART
CASING WEIGHT GAGE RING O.D. TOP GAGE UPPER GAGE ELEMENT SPACER LOWER GAGE PACKING ELEMENT CONTROL LUG RETAINER DRAG BLOCK
32.3-43.5# 8.562" 70591 70441 70481 70491 602-96-51X * 70560 50800
36-47# 8.438" 70597 70447 70487 70497 602-97-51X * 70560 50800
43.5-53.5# 8.250" 70592 70442 70482 70492 602-95-51X * 70561 50700
*REPLACE X WITH 0 FOR 60 DUROMETER, 1 FOR 70 D., 2 FOR 80 D., 3 FOR 90 D.

TOOL PERFORMANCE
VALVE AREA 5.675 IN2
SUGGESTED SETTING FORCE ~19,000 LB.
~20,000 LB. FOR HARD ELEMENTS
~18,000 LB. FOR SOFT ELEMENTS
MATERIAL P110 EQUIVALENT FOR ALL MANDREL COMPONENTS
MANDREL TENSILE BREAK 272,000 LB. (CONNECTING ROD)
PULLING HEAD LUG SHEAR (TOTAL) 282,000 LB.
REMOVABLE J-PIN SHEAR (TOTAL) 170,000 LB.
PRESSURE RATING (DIFF. FROM ABOVE) 5,000 PSI
PRESSURE RATING (DIFF. FROM BELOW) 5,000 PSI
place.
3. Assemble lower slips into windows in control body, slide lower cone into top end, and screw control body cap (31)
Into control body.
4. Screw appropriate upper gage (22) onto upper cone (19) [LEFT HAND THREAD], then install O-rings (20 & 21) and
5. Screw appropriate lower gage (27) onto element retainer (28), then slide packing sleeve (26) through lower end of
element retainer, slide packing elements (23) and element spacers (24) onto packing sleeve and retain by screwing
onto upper cone [LEFT HAND THREAD].
6. Tighten this thread using pin through holes in element retainer and slots in packing sleeve. Screw this assembly
onto lower cone and tighten thread.
Caution: During next step, do not wrench on seal surface at upper end of lower mandrel (29).
7. Slide element/lower slip/drag block assembly over top end of lower mandrel (29) and install 2 ea. control lugs (40)
8. With control lugs in lowest slot of lower mandrel, slide bypass seals (17) and seal spacer (18) onto upper end of
9. Assemble upper and releasing slips into windows in upper slip housing (10) and screw upper slip sleeve (9) into
10. Tighten upper mandrel onto lower mandrel and install 3 thread lock set screws (3). Be sure screws do not
spring housing into upper slip sleeve, compressing thrust spring.
pulling head.
13. Check to insure all set screws and threads are tight.

2. Unscrew spring housing (7) from upper slip sleeve (9), slide off spring ring (6) and thrust spring (8).
3. Remove 3 thread lock set screws (3) and unscrew upper mandrel from lower mandrel (29). Then slide off upper
slip assembly.
4. Screw upper slip sleeve (9) out of upper slip housing (10), using wrench on disassembly screws (43), letting slips
fall in. Slide bypass seals (17) and seal spacer (18) off lower mandrel.
5. Unscrew control body nut (41), slide off control lug retainer (38), remove set screws (39) and control lugs (40),
then slide lower mandrel out bottom end of control body (34).
packing sleeve (26) (LEFT HAND THREAD).
7. Slide off packing elements (23), element spacers (24) and element retainer. Break seal sleeve (25) out of upper
8. If required, remove top gage (11), upper gage (22) and lower gage (27). The upper gage has a LEFT HAND
THREAD. Lower cone extension (32) may be removed from lower cone.
SETTING PROCEDURES
Note: These procedures are for mechanical setting, on tubing. If setting on wireline, see those instructions on another document
plug. When the spring force in the overshot has been sufficiently once engaged, continue to circulate to wash off
fluid ports and upper slips.
equalized.

7" WLTC Retrievable Bridge Plug Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS
17-26# 6.078"
23-29# 5.969"
7"
26-35# 5.844"
32-38# * 5.750"
* CAN ALSO BE USED IN 6-5/8"(20-24#) CASING
Description
The WLTC retrievable bridge plug is designed to perform all tasks normally required of a tubing run packer-type bridge plug and can be quickly converted to run
and set on wireline. It is designed to be rugged and compact. When run on tubing, the WLTC can be set deep or shallow because the packing element system can
be energized with tension or compression. This bridge plug will withstand high differential pressures from above or below, while its internal bypass valve is easily
opened to equalize fully prior to release.
through the tool the need for swabbing by allowing fluid to bypass internally. When plug is set, this passage allows effective washing of sand and debris above the
elements, ensuring easy release and retrieval.

Standard equipment on the WLTC retrievable bridge plug includes tungsten carbide-tipped slips and drag blocks, which are long-lasting and allow for easy setting
in the hardest casing. Kline's spring loaded overshot is used to run (tubing set) and retrieve (tubing or wireline set) the WLTC bridge plug. Sealer ball catcher
PART NUMBERS
PULLING HEAD
1 1 70692 14 2 19134 SEAL O-RING (134-90) 27 1 70900 CONTROL BODY CAP
CAP
2 1 70700 PULLING HEAD 15 1 70950 SEAL SPACER 28 1 70880 LOWER CONE
3 8 11168C SET SCREW 16 1 70PSR RELEASING SLIP 29 1 70910 CONTROL BODY
4 1 70710 UPPER MANDREL 17 2 70VS VALVE SEAL 30 4 70CJ LOWER SLIP
5 1 19227 O-RING (227-90) 18 1 70790 UPPER SLIP HOUSING 31 1 70890 LOWER CONE EXTENSION
6 1 70750 SPRING RING 19 1 70800 UPPER CONE 32 10 51778 LOWER SLIP SPRING*
SEE
7 1 70940 SPRING HOUSING 20 1 70830 CONNECTING ROD 33 6 DRAG BLOCK
CHARTS
8 1 70765 THRUST SPRING 21 1 SEE CHARTS UPPER GAGE 34 36*** 50110 DRAG BLOCK SPRING
9 1 SEE CHARTS TOP GAGE 22 3 SEE CHARTS PACKING ELEMENT 35 1 70760 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER
UPPER SLIP
10 6 51789 23 2 70730 ELEMENT SPACER 36 1 70770 CONTROL LUG RETAINER
SPRING
SLIP SPRING PACKING AND SEAL
11 8 11238C 24 1 70820 37 2 70920 CONTROL LUG
SCREW SLEEVE
12 3 70KSU UPPER SLIP 25 1 SEE CHARTS LOWER GAGE 38 1 70270 CONTROL BODY NUT
UPPER SLIP
13 1 70780 26 1 70870 ELEMENT RETAINER 39 1 7074X ** LOWER MANDREL
SLEEVE
* ALSO USED FOR RELEASING SLIP **70741 FOR LEFT HAND, 70745 FOR RIGHT HAND 40 2 11158C SET SCREW
*** QTY 48 for 17-26#
DIMENSIONS
3.50" 2.88" 2.25" 2.88" 1.50" 13.44" 6.44" 4.11" SEE SPECIFICATIONS 5.75" 14.19 8.43" 6.41" 11.44" 73.94" 2-7/8” EU8RD THREAD

DRESSING CHART
CASING WEIGHT GAGE RING O.D. TOP GAGE UPPER GAGE PACKING ELEMENT * LOWER GAGE DRAG BLOCK
17-26# 6.078" 70960 70810 602-72-51X 70860 50800
23-29# 5.969" 70961 70811 602-70-51X 70861 50700
26-35# 5.844" 70962 70813 602-70-51X 70863 50700
32-38# 5.750" 70963 70812 602-68-51X 70862 50600
* FOR PACKING ELEMENTS, REPLACE THE X IN PART NUMBER WITH 0 FOR 60 DUROMETER, 1 FOR 70, 2 FOR 80 AND 3 FOR 90.
TOOL PERFORMANCE


ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES FOR MECHANICAL SET - SEE SEPARATE PROCEDURES FOR WIRELINE SET
1. Install slip springs (10 & 32) onto upper slips (12), releasing slip (16) and lower slips (30), using slip spring screws
(11). Use two springs on each slip.
place.
(27) into control body.
4. Screw appropriate upper gage (21) onto upper cone (19) (LEFT HAND THREAD), top gage (9) onto upper slip
housing (18), and lower gage (25) onto element retainer (26).
5. Slide packing & seal sleeve (24) through lower end of element retainer (26), slide packing elements (22) and
element spacers (23) onto sleeve and retain by screwing into upper cone (LEFT HAND THREAD). Tighten this
thread using pin through holes in element retainer and slots in packing sleeve.
7. Tighten connecting rod into lower mandrel (39) and install 2 thread lock set screws (3).
10. Assemble upper and releasing slips into windows in upper slip housing (18) and slide upper slip sleeve (13 into
11. Tighten upper mandrel onto connecting rod and install 3 thread lock set screws (3). Be sure screws do not
pulling head. Check to insure all threads are tight. and all 8 thread lock set screws are installed.
3. Remove 3 thread lock set screws (3) and unscrew upper mandrel from connecting rod (20). Then slide off upper
slip assembly.
off control rod.
lugs (37), then slide lower mandrel (39) out bottom end of control body (29).
6. Remove 2 thread lock set screws (3) and unscrew connecting rod (NO WRENCH ON SEAL SURFACE AT UPPER
END) from lower mandrel.

8. Break upper cone (19) off packing & seal sleeve (24) (LEFT HAND THREAD).
come free.
10. c Retain drag blocks (33) and slide off drag block retainer (35), allowing drag blocks and drag block springs (34) to
come free.
come free.
SETTING PROCEDURES
document
plug. When the spring force in the overshot has been sufficiently overcome, the pulling head will automatically
2. Make up spring loaded overshot on bottom of tubing string and run to setting depth. The fluid bypass will
etc.). For this size 14,000 lb. Should be sufficient.
now remain in position, solidly resisting mechanical or hydraulic forces from above or below and provide a leak
plug.
equalized.

4-1/2" D.P. WLTC Retrievable Bridge Plug Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS
4-1/2" 13.5 - 16.6# 3.640"
Description
can be energized with compression or tension. This bridge plug will withstand high differential pressures from above or below, while its internal bypass valve is
Standard equipment on the WLTC Retrievable Bridge Plug includes tungsten carbide-tipped slips and drag blocks, which are long-lasting and allow for easy setting
in the hardest casings. Kline’s Spring Loaded Overshot is used to run (tubing set) and retrieve (tubing or wireline set) the WLTC Bridge Plug. Sealer ball catcher

4-1/2" D.P. WLTC Retrievable Bridge Plug Upper Completions
PART NUMBERS
1 1 61480 PULLING HEAD CAP 13 2 45KSU UPPER SLIP 25 1 53940 CONTROL BODY CAP
3 8 11168C THREAD LOCK SET SCREW 15 1 61560 SEAL SPACER 27 4 45PK LOWER SLIP
4 1 61570 UPPER MANDREL 16 1 45PSR RELEASING SLIP 28 1 53995 CONTROL BODY
5 1 19224 O-RING 17 2 19030 SEAL O-RING 29 4 50450 DRAG BLOCK
7 1 53900 SPRING HOUSING 19 1 61400 CONNECTING ROD 31 1 53880 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER
8 1 61375 THRUST SPRING 20 1 53950 UPPER GAGE 32 1 53881 CONTROL LUG RETAINER
9 1 53910 UPPER SLIP SLEEVE 21 3 720-45-51X ** PACKING ELEMENT 33 2 11146C SET SCREW
10 1 53960 UPPER SLIP HOUSING 22 2 53930 ELEMENT SPACER 34 1 53920 CONTROL BODY NUT
11 7 11336C SLIP SPRING SCREW 23 1 61430 PACKING & SEAL SLEEVE 35 1 6149X * LOWER MANDREL
12 7 50725 SLIP SPRING 24 1 53980 ELEMENT RETAINER 36 2 53890 CONTROL LUG
* 61492 FOR LEFT HAND, 61491 FOR RIGHT HAND 26A 1 53971 LOWER CONE EXTENSION
** FOR PACKING ELEMENTS, REPLACE THE X IN PART NUMBER WITH DUROMETER: 0 FOR 60, 1 FOR 70, 2 FOR 80, 3 FOR 90.
DIMENSIONS
3.25" 2.62" 1.99" 2.80" 3.625" 3.640" 2.88" 1.00" 12.88" 4.00" 18.00" 12.69" 3.81" 8.38" 62.25" 1.900 EU10rd thread

4-1/2" D.P. WLTC Retrievable Bridge Upper Completions
Plug

See separate instructions for assembling for setting on wire line.
Tighten lower cone extension (26A) into lower cone (26).
place.
body cap (25) into control body.
4. Screw appropriate upper gage (20) onto upper cone (18) [LEFT HAND THREAD].
element spacers (22) onto sleeve, and retain by screwing
spring housing onto upper slip housing, compressing thrust spring.
pulling head. Check to insure all threads are tight.
2. Unscrew spring housing (7) from upper slip housing (10, slide off spring ring (6) and thrust spring (8).
slip assembly.
off control rod.
lugs (36), then slide lower mandrel (35) out bottom end

4-1/2" D.P. WLTC Retrievable Bridge Upper Completions
Plug
come free.
10. If necessary, break upper gage (20) off upper cone (LEFT HAND THREAD) and lower cone extension (26A) out of
lower cone.
SETTING PROCEDURES
1. Attach the spring loaded overshot to the bridge plug and connect the overshot to the bottom of the tubing string.
2. Run tubing string to desired setting depth, pick up and rotate 1/4 turn at the bridge plug (right or left, depending
on J-slots in the bridge plug).
3. Lower bridge plug while releasing torque, which will set the slips and lock the bridge plug in the set position.
4. Set sufficient weight to pack off the elements (7,000 lb. minimum for this size), then pull tension to test the set of
the upper slips.
6. To disconnect from the bridge plug: from the down position, hold left hand torque and pick up.
7. The bridge plug will now solidly resist pressures from above or below.
1. With spring loaded overshot on bottom of tubing, run string down until bridge plug is encountered. Overshot will
automatically latch to plug.
2. From down position, hold right hand torque and pick up until bypass valve opens, but stop before upper slips are
pulled free.
3. Wait until differential pressures have equalized, then continue to pick up until upper slips are released. Plug will
automatically return to run-in position.
4. Tubing string may now be pulled from well or relocated and reset.

4-1/2" & 5" WLTC Retrievable Bridge Plug Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS
4-1/2" 9.5-13.5# 3.771"
15-18# 4.125"
5"
11.5-15# 4.250"
Description

4-1/2" & 5" WLTC Retrievable Bridge Plug Upper Completions
PART NUMBERS
1 1 61480 PULLING HEAD CAP 13 2 SEE CHART UPPER SLIP 25 1 61440 CONTROL BODY CAP
3 8 11168C THREAD LOCK SET SCREW 15 1 61560 SEAL SPACER 27 4 SEE CHART LOWER SLIP
4 1 61570 UPPER MANDREL 16 1 SEE CHART RELEASING SLIP 28 1 61320 CONTROL BODY
5 1 19224 O-RING 17 2 19030 SEAL O-RING 29 4 SEE CHART DRAG BLOCK
7 1 61370 SPRING HOUSING 19 1 61400 CONNECTING ROD 31 1 61390 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER
8 1 61375 THRUST SPRING 20 1 SEE CHART UPPER GAGE 32 1 SEE CHART CONTROL LUG RETAINER
9 1 61460 UPPER SLIP SLEEVE 21 3 SEE CHART PACKING ELEMENT 33 2 11146C SET SCREW
10 1 SEE CHART UPPER SLIP HOUSING 22 2 SEE CHART ELEMENT SPACER 34 1 61500 CONTROL BODY NUT
11 7 11336C SLIP SPRING SCREW 23 1 61430 PACKING & SEAL SLEEVE 35 1 6149X * LOWER MANDREL
12 7 50725 SLIP SPRING 24 1 SEE CHART ELEMENT RETAINER 36 2 61510 CONTROL LUG
* 61492 FOR LEFT HAND, 61491 FOR RIGHT HAND 26A 1 61302 LOWER CONE EXTENSION
DIMENSIONS
3.25" 2.62" 1.99" 2.80" 3.75" SEE SPECIFICATIONS 2.88" 1.00" 12.88" 4.00" 18.00" 12.69" 3.81" 8.38" 62.25" 1.900 EU10RD THREAD
DRESSING CHART
KEY # 4-1/2" 5"(13-18#) 5"(11.5-15#) KEY # 4-1/2" 5"(13-18#) 5"(11.5-15#) KEY # 4-1/2" 5"(13-18#) 5"(11.5-15#)
10 61310 55030 20 61360 55041 55040 24 61380 55011 55010
13 45KSU 50KSU 21 720-45-51X * 720-50-51X * 27 045PK 050PK
16 45PSR 50PSR 22 61450 55020 29 50450 50560 50570
* FOR PACKING ELEMENTS, REPLACE THE X IN PART NUMBER WITH DUROMETER: 0 FOR 60, 1 FOR 70, 2 FOR 80, 3 FOR 90. 32 61395 55000

4-1/2" & 5" WLTC Retrievable Bridge Upper Completions
Plug
TOOL PERFORMANCE

Note: See separate instructions for assembling for setting on wire line.
Tighten lower cone extension (26A) into lower cone (26).
place.
body cap (25) into control body.
element spacers (22) onto sleeve, and retain by screwing
spring housing onto upper slip housing, compressing thrust spring.

Plug
2. Unscrew spring housing (7) from upper slip housing (10, slide off spring ring (6) and thrust spring (8).
slip assembly.
off control rod.
lugs (36), then slide lower mandrel (35) out bottom end
come free.
10. If necessary, break upper gage (20) off upper cone (LEFT HAND THREAD) and lower cone extension (26A) out of
lower cone.
SETTING PROCEDURES
document
etc.). For this size 9,000 lb. Should be sufficient.
plug.

Plug
overshot will automatically latch onto the pulling head. Once engaged, continue to circulate to wash off fluid ports
and upper slips.
equalized.

SPECIFICATIONS
9.5 - 11# 3.281"
4"
12.93# 3.215"
Description
PART NUMBERS
1 1 61290 PULLING HEAD CAP 13 2 00U46 UPPER SLIP 25 1 5506X * LOWER MANDREL
2 1 61270 PULLING HEAD 14 1 00R46P RELEASING SLIP 26 1 61150 LOWER CONE
3 8 11156 SET SCREW 15 1 61260 PACKING & SEAL SLEEVE 27 3 00L46 LOWER SLIP
4 1 55140 UPPER MANDREL 16 2 19024 O-RING 28 1 SEE CHART CONTROL BODY
5 1 19218 O-RING 17 1 55160 SEAL SPACER 29 4 SEE CHART DRAG BLOCK
6 1 55120 SPRING RING 18 2 35VS BYPASS SEAL 30 16 50100 DRAG BLOCK SPRING
7 1 61180 SPRING HOUSING 19 1 61140 UPPER CONE 31 1 SEE CHART DRAG BLOCK RETAINER
8 1 55155 THRUST SPRING 20 1 SEE CHART UPPER GAGE 32 1 SEE CHART CONTROL LUG RETAINER
9 1 SEE CHART UPPER SLIP HOUSING 21 3 SEE CHART PACKING ELEMENT 33 1 55130 CONTROL BODY NUT
10 1 SEE CHART UPPER SLIP SLEEVE 22 2 SEE CHART ELEMENT SPACER 34 2 55230 CONTROL LUG
11 6 50725 SLIP SPRING 23 2 SEE CHART ELEMENT RETAINER 35 1 61230 CONNECTING ROD
12 6 11336C SLIP SPRING SCREW 24 1 SEE CHART CONTROL BODY CAP 36 1 SEE CHART LOWER CONE EXTENSION
* 55060 FOR R/H SET, 55061 FOR L/H SET
DRESSING CHART
PART NAME 9.5 - 11.0# 12.93# PART NAME 9.5 - 11.0# 12.93# PART NAME 9.5 - 11.0# 12.93#
UPPER SLIP HOUSING 61280 61281 PACKING ELEMENT * 603-40-51X 603-40A-51X LOWER CONE EXTENSION 61160 61161
UPPER SLIP SLEEVE 61200 61201 ELEMENT RETAINER 61170 61171 DRAG BLOCK 50450 50440
UPPER GAGE 61190 61191 CONTROL BODY CAP 61210 61211 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER 61250 61251
ELEMENT SPACER 61240 61241 CONTROL BODY 61220 61221 CONTROL LUG RETAINER 61255 61256
DIMENSIONS
A B C D E F G H K L M N P Q R S T U
2.75" 2.12" 1.88" 2.25" .88" 4.38" 1.34" 2.50" 2.75" SEE SPECS 10.50" 2.62" 4.62" 5.69" 2.88" 7.44" 49.75 1.900" NU10RD

Use one spring on each slip.
2. Assemble drag block (29) and drag block springs (30) into control body (28) and slide drag block retainer (31) in
place.
3. Screw appropriate upper gage (20) onto upper cone (19) [left hand thread] and lower cone extension (36) into
lower cone and tighten threads.
element spacers (22) onto sleeve and retain by screwing into upper cone (left hand thread). Tighten this thread
using a pin through holes in element retainer and slots in packing sleeve.
7. Tighten connecting rod (35) into lower mandrel (25) and install two thread lock set screws (3).
8. Slide element/lower slip/drag block assembly over top end of connecting rod and install two control lugs (34)
through holes in control body and into slots in lower mandrel. Retain control lugs in place with control lug
retainer (32), and screw on control body nut (33).
connecting rod. Be sure 0-rings (16) are inside seals.
11. Tighten upper mandrel onto connecting rod and install three thread lock set screws (3). Be sure screws do not
12. Slide thrust spring (8) over upper end of mandrel, followed by spring ring (6) and spring housing (7). Screw spring
housing into upper slip housing, compressing thrust spring.
13. Screw pulling head (2) onto upper mandrel and install three thread lock set screws (3). Screw pulling head cap (1)
onto pulling head. Check to insure all threads are tight and all eight thread lock set screws are installed.
1. Unscrew pulling head cap (1) from pulling head (2). Remove three thread lock set screws (3) and unscrew pulling
2. Unscrew spring housing (7) from upper slip housing (9), slide off spring (6) and thrust spring (8).
3. Remove three thread lock set screws (3) and unscrew upper mandrel from connecting rod (35). Then slide off
upper slip assembly.
off control rod.
5. Unscrew control body nut (33), slide off control lug retainer (32), remove control lugs (34), the slide lower mandrel
(25) out bottom end of control body (28).
6. Remove two thread lock set screws (3) and unscrew connecting rod (no wrench on seal surface at upper end) from
lower mandrel.
8. Break upper cone (19) off packing & seal sleeve (15) (left hand thread).
come free.
10. If necessary, break upper gage (20) off upper cone (left hand thread).
SETTING PROCEDURES
document
etc.). For this size, 8,000 lb. Should be sufficient.
plug.
and upper slips.
equalized.
SPECIFICATIONS
3-1/2" 12.95# 2.610"
Description

PART NUMBERS
1 1 55410 PULLING HEAD CAP 12 7 11336C SLIP SPRING SCREW 24 1 89100 CONTROL BODY CAP
2 1 55090 PULLING HEAD 13 2 35KSU UPPER SLIP 25 1 8915X * LOWER MANDREL
3 7 11156 SET SCREW 14 1 35PSR RELEASING SLIP 26 1 89180 LOWER CONE
4 1 55140 UPPER MANDREL 15 1 89110 PACKING & SEAL SLEEVE 27 4 35PK LOWER SLIP
5 1 19218 O-RING 16 2 19024 O-RING 28 1 89160 CONTROL BODY
6 1 55120 SPRING RING 17 1 55160 SEAL SPACER 29 6 50353 DRAG BLOCK
7 1 55150 SPRING HOUSING 18 2 35VS BYPASS SEAL 30 18 50120 DRAG BLOCK SPRING
8 1 55155 THRUST SPRING 19 1 89140 UPPER CONE 31 1 89120 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER
9 1 89090 UPPER SLIP HOUSING 20 1 32 1 89130 CONTROL LUG RETAINER
10 1 80980 UPPER SLIP SLEEVE 21 3 603-35-51X PACKING ELEMENT 33 1 80960 CONTROL BODY NUT
11 7 51795 SLIP SPRING 22 2 80970 ELEMENT SPACER 34 2 55230 CONTROL LUG
* 89151 for R/H SET, 89150 for L/H SET 23 2 89170 ELEMENT RETAINER 35 1 55330 CONNECTING ROD
DIMENSIONS
A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U
2.25" 1.81" 3.56" .69" 5.88" 1.88" 1.34" 2.31" 2.610" 2.209" SEE SPECS 12.94" 2.62" 4.75" 5.38" 3.69" 5.69" 49.00 1.900" NU10RD

place.
element spacers (22) onto sleeve and retain by screwing into upper cone [LEFT HAND THREAD]. Tighten this
6. Tighten connecting rod (35) into lower mandrel (25) and install 2 thread lock set screws (3).
8. Retain control lugs in place with control lug retainer (32), and screw on control body nut (33).
slip assembly.
off control rod.
5. Unscrew control body nut (33), slide off control lug retainer (32), remove control lugs (34), then slide lower
mandrel (25) out bottom end of control body (28).
SETTING PROCEDURES
2. Run tubing string to desired setting depth, pick up and rotate 1/4 turn at the bridge plug (right or left, depending
on J-slots in the bridge plug).
the upper slips.
pulled free.

SPECIFICATIONS
6-5/8" 20-28# 5.615"
Description

PART NUMBERS
1 1 70692 PULLING HEAD CAP 14 2 19134 SEAL O-RING (134-90) 27 1 70901 CONTROL BODY CAP
2 1 70700 PULLING HEAD 15 1 70950 SEAL SPACER 28 1 70881 LOWER CONE
3 8 11168C SET SCREW 16 1 70PSR RELEASING SLIP 29 1 70914 CONTROL BODY
4 1 70710 UPPER MANDREL 17 2 70VS VALVE SEAL 30 4 70CJ LOWER SLIP
5 1 19227 O-RING (227-90) 18 1 70791 UPPER SLIP HOUSING 31 1 70891 LOWER CONE EXTENSION
6 1 70750 SPRING RING 19 1 70800 UPPER CONE 32 10 51778 LOWER SLIP SPRING*
7 1 70940 SPRING HOUSING 20 1 70830 CONNECTING ROD 33 6 50600 DRAG BLOCK
8 1 70765 THRUST SPRING 21 1 70817 UPPER GAGE 34 36 50100 DRAG BLOCK SPRING
9 1 70966 TOP GAGE 22 3 602-68-51X PACKING ELEMENT 35 1 70761 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER
10 6 51789 UPPER SLIP SPRING 23 2 70733 ELEMENT SPACER 36 1 70771 CONTROL LUG RETAINER
11 8 11236C SLIP SPRING SCREW 24 1 70820 PACKING AND SEAL SLEEVE 37 2 70920 CONTROL LUG
12 3 70KSU UPPER SLIP 25 1 70867 LOWER GAGE 38 1 70270 CONTROL BODY NUT
13 1 70782 UPPER SLIP SLEEVE 26 1 70871 ELEMENT RETAINER 39 1 7074X ** LOWER MANDREL
* ALSO USED FOR RELEASING SLIP **70741 FOR LEFT HAND, 70145 FOR RIGHT HAND 40 2 11158C SET SCREW
DIMENSIONS
3.50" 2.88" 2.25" 2.88" 1.50" 13.44" 6.44" 4.11" 5.615" 5.75" 14.19 8.43" 6.41" 11.44" 73.94" 2-7/8” EU8RD THREAD

1. Install slip springs (10 & 32) onto upper slips (12), releasing slip (16) and lower slips (30), using slip spring screws
(11). Use two springs on each slip.
place.
4. Screw appropriate upper gage (21) onto upper cone (19) [LEFT HAND THREAD], top gage (9) onto upper slip
housing (18), and lower gage (25) onto element retainer (26).
through holes in control body and into slots in lower mandrel. Retain control lugs in place with set screws (40),
slide on control lug retainer (36), and screw on control body nut (38).

slip assembly.
off control rod.

SPECIFICATIONS
13-15.5# 4.781”
5-1/2" 14-20# 4.641”
17-23# 4.500”
Description

PART NUMBERS
1 1 61480 PULLING HEAD CAP 14 2 4555VS VALVE SEAL 27 1 61671 LOWER CONE
2 1 61530 PULLING HEAD 15 1 61560 SEAL SPACER 28 1 61672 LOWER CONE EXTENSION
3 8 11168C THREAD LOCK SET SCREW 16 1 55PSR RELEASING SLIP 29 4 055CJ LOWER SLIP
4 1 61570 UPPER MANDREL 17 2 19030 SEAL O-RING 30 1 61640 CONTROL BODY
5 1 19224 O-RING 18 1 61680 UPPER CONE 31 6 SEE CHART DRAG BLOCK
6 1 61550 SPRING RING 19 1 61750 CONNECTING ROD 32 30 * 50100 DRAG BLOCK SPRING
7 1 61700 SPRING HOUSING 20 1 SEE CHART UPPER GAGE 33 1 61690 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER
8 1 61375 THRUST SPRING 21 3 SEE CHART PACKING ELEMENT 34 1 61730 CONTROL LUG RETAINER
9 1 61650 UPPER SLIP SLEEVE 22 2 SEE CHART ELEMENT SPACER 35 2 11146C SET SCREW
10 1 61660 UPPER SLIP HOUSING 23 1 61710 PACKING & SEAL SLEEVE 36 1 61500 CONTROL BODY NUT
11 7 11236C SLIP SPRING SCREW 24 1 SEE CHART LOWER GAGE 37 1 6149x ** LOWER MANDREL
12 14 51789 SLIP SPRING 25 1 61720 ELEMENT RETAINER 38 2 61510 CONTROL LUG
13 2 55KSU UPPER SLIP 26 1 61740 CONTROL BODY CAP
*USE 24 DRAG BLOCK SPRINGS (4 PER BLOCK) WHEN TOOL IS CONFIGURED FOR 17-23# CASING **USE P/N 61491 FOR RIGHT HAND SET, 61492 FOR LEFT HAND SET
DIMENSIONS
A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S
3.25" 2.62" 1.99" 2.80" 4.50" SEE SPECIFICATIONS 2.88" 1.00" 12.88" 4.00" 18.00" 5.62" 7.12" 3.94" 11.38" 62.25" 1.900 EU10rd thread
DRESSING CHART
CASING WEIGHT GAGE RING O.D. UPPER GAGE RING LOWER GAGE RING ELEMENT SPACER PACKING ELEMENT * PACKING ELEMENT O.D. DRAG BLOCK
13 - 15.5# 4.781" 61612 61622 61591 720-58-51X 4.75" 50560
14 - 20# 4.641" 61610 61620 61594 720-55-51X 4.56" 50550
17 - 23# 4.500" 61611 61621 61590 720-56-51X 4.38" 50450
* FOR PACKING ELEMENTS, REPLACE THE X IN PART NUMBER WITH DUROMETER: 0 FOR 60, 1 FOR 70, 2 FOR 80, 3 FOR 90.

place.
body cap (26) onto control body.
4. Screw appropriate upper gage (20) onto upper cone (18) [LEFT HAND THREAD] and appropriate lower gage (24)
onto element retainer (25).
through holes in control body and into slots in lower mandrel. Retain control lugs in place with set screws (35),
slide on control lug retainer (34), and screw on control body nut (36).
slip assembly.
off control rod.
come free.
10. If necessary, break upper gage (20) off upper cone (LEFT HAND THREAD), lower gage (24) off element retainer and
lower cone extension (28) out of lower cone.
SETTING PROCEDURES
document
plug.
and upper slips.
equalized.
SPECIFICATIONS
7.7 - 9.3# 2.844"
3-1/2"
9.2 - 10.3# 2.781"
Description

PART NUMBERS
1 1 55410 PULLING HEAD CAP 12 7 11336C SLIP SPRING SCREW 24 1 55170 CONTROL BODY CAP
2 1 55090 PULLING HEAD 13 2 35KSU UPPER SLIP 25 1 SEE CHART LOWER MANDREL
3 7 11156 SET SCREW 14 1 35PSR RELEASING SLIP 26 1 55110 LOWER CONE
4 1 55140 UPPER MANDREL 15 1 55190 PACKING & SEAL SLEEVE 27 4 35PK LOWER SLIP
5 1 19218 O-RING 16 2 19024 O-RING 28 1 55200 CONTROL BODY
6 1 55120 SPRING RING 17 1 55160 SEAL SPACER 29 6 SEE CHART DRAG BLOCK
7 1 55150 SPRING HOUSING 18 2 35VS BYPASS SEAL 30 18 50120 DRAG BLOCK SPRING
8 1 55155 THRUST SPRING 19 1 55100 UPPER CONE 31 1 55180 DRAG BLOCK RETAINER
9 1 55070 UPPER SLIP HOUSING 20 1 SEE CHART UPPER GAGE 32 1 55185 CONTROL LUG RETAINER
10 1 55210 UPPER SLIP SLEEVE 21 3 SEE CHART PACKING ELEMENT 33 1 55130 CONTROL BODY NUT
11 7 51790 SLIP SPRING 22 2 55080 ELEMENT SPACER 34 2 55230 CONTROL LUG
23 2 SEE CHART ELEMENT RETAINER 35 1 55330 CONNECTING ROD
DRESSING CHART
CASING WEIGHT GAGE RING O.D. UPPER GAGE PACKING ELEMENT * ELEMENT RETAINER DRAG BLOCK LOWER MANDREL
7.7 - 9.3# 2.844" 55220 603-35-51X 55420 50363 RIGHT HAND SET 55060
9.2 - 10.3# 2.781" 55221 603-35-51X 55425 50353 LEFT HAND SET 55061
DIMENSIONS
A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U
2.25" 1.81" 3.56" .69" 5.88" 1.88" 1.34" 2.31" 2.78" 2.38" SEE SPECS 12.94" 2.62" 4.75" 5.38" 2.94" 6.44" 49.00 1.900" NU10RD

place.
7. Tighten connecting rod (35) into lower mandrel (25) and install 2 thread lock set screws (3).
through holes in control body and into slots in lower mandrel. Retain control lugs in place with control lug
retainer (32), and screw on control body nut (33).
slip assembly.
off control rod.
5. Unscrew control body nut (33), slide off control lug retainer (32), remove control lugs (34), then slide lower
mandrel (25) out bottom end of control body (28).
SETTING PROCEDURES
the upper slips.
pulled free.

Spring Loaded Overshots Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS DIMENSIONS
Size Maximum OD Minimum ID Connections A B C D E
1-1/4" x 2-7/8" 2.12" 1.25" 1.660" EU10Rd 19.38" 2.12" 2.12" 2.12" 3-7/16"
1-1/2" x 3-1/2" 2.81" 1.50" 1.900" EU10Rd 23-3/8" 2.50" 2.62" 2.75" 4-1/4"
2-3/8" x 4" 3.25" 1.50" 2.375" EU8Rd 21" 3.12" 3.25" 3.25" 4"
2-3/8" x 4-1/2"S.H. 3.50" 2.00" 2.375" EU8Rd 23.75" 3.50" 3.50" 3.50" 4"
2-3/8" x 4-1/2"D.P. 3.62" 2.00" 2.375" EU8Rd 23" 3.12" 3.62" 3.62" 4"
2-3/8" x 4-1/2" 3.75" 2.00" 2.375" EU8Rd 23" 3.12" 3.75" 3.75" 4"
2-3/8" x 5-1/2" 4.50" 2.00" 2.375" EU8Rd 28-7/16" 3.12" 3.75" 3.85" 4"
2-7/8" x 5-1/2" 4.50" 2.50" 2.875" EU8Rd 4.00" 4.50" 4.50" 4"
2-7/8" x 7" 5.50" 2.50" 2.875" EU8Rd 29-3/4" 4.00" 4.50" 4.50" 4"
2-7/8" X 7-5/8" 6.25" 2.50" 2.875" EU8Rd 29-3/4" 4.00" 4.50" 4.50" 4"
2-7/8" x 8-5/8" 7.25" 2.50" 2.875" EU8Rd 29-3/4" 4.00" 4.50" 4.50" 4"
3-1/2" x 7" 5.88" 3.00" 3.500" EU8Rd 26.06" 4.75" 5.00" 5.44" 4"
3-1/2" x 8-5/8" 7.50" 3.00" 3.500" EU8Rd 28.06" 4.75" 5.00" 5.44" 4"
3-1/2" x 9-5/8" 8.25" 3.00" 3.500" EU8Rd 28.06" 4.75" 5.00" 5.44" 4"
3-1/2" x 10-3/4" 9.38" 3.00" 3.500" EU8Rd 28.06" 4.75" 5.00" 5.44" 4"

1-1/4" x 2-7/8" 2.12" 1.25" 1.660" EU10Rd 19.38" 2.12" 2.12" 2.12" 3-7/16"
1-1/2" x 3-1/2" 2.81" 1.50" 1.900" EU10Rd 23-3/8" 2.50" 2.62" 2.75" 4-1/4"
2-3/8" x 4" 3.25" 1.50" 2.375" EU8Rd 21" 3.12" 3.25" 3.25" 4"
2-3/8" x 4-1/2"S.H. 3.50" 2.00" 2.375" EU8Rd 23.75" 3.50" 3.50" 3.50" 4"
2-3/8" x 4-1/2"D.P. 3.62" 2.00" 2.375" EU8Rd 23" 3.12" 3.62" 3.62" 4"
2-3/8" x 4-1/2" 3.75" 2.00" 2.375" EU8Rd 23" 3.12" 3.75" 3.75" 4"
2-3/8" x 5-1/2" 4.50" 2.00" 2.375" EU8Rd 28-7/16" 3.12" 3.75" 3.85" 4"
2-7/8" x 5-1/2" 4.50" 2.50" 2.875" EU8Rd 4.00" 4.50" 4.50" 4"
2-7/8" x 7" 5.50" 2.50" 2.875" EU8Rd 29-3/4" 4.00" 4.50" 4.50" 4"
2-7/8" X 7-5/8" 6.25" 2.50" 2.875" EU8Rd 29-3/4" 4.00" 4.50" 4.50" 4"
2-7/8" x 8-5/8" 7.25" 2.50" 2.875" EU8Rd 29-3/4" 4.00" 4.50" 4.50" 4"
3-1/2" x 7" 5.88" 3.00" 3.500" EU8Rd 26.06" 4.75" 5.00" 5.44" 4"
3-1/2" x 8-5/8" 7.50" 3.00" 3.500" EU8Rd 28.06" 4.75" 5.00" 5.44" 4"
3-1/2" x 9-5/8" 8.25" 3.00" 3.500" EU8Rd 28.06" 4.75" 5.00" 5.44" 4"
3-1/2" x 10-3/4" 9.38" 3.00" 3.500" EU8Rd 28.06" 4.75" 5.00" 5.44" 4"

2-3/8” EU8RD X 4” Spring Loaded Overshot Upper Completions
DIMENSIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
Casing Size Maximum OD Minimum ID Connections
4" 3.25" 1.88" 2.375" EU8RD
The Spring Loaded Overshot is designed to run and retrieve the Kline WLTC Retrievable Bridge Plug. A force
of several hundred pounds is required to install the overshot onto the bridge plug. After the plug is run to the
desired location and set, the tubing string can be released from the plug by holding left-hand torque in the
down position and picking up. Cutting teeth are provided on the bottom of the overshot to help cut through
sand and debris. Retrieval of the WLTC Plug is accomplished by lowering the tubing string until the overshot
contacts the plug. A spring inside the overshot helps to prevent inadvertent separation by holding the
retrieving lugs on the bridge plug down in the J-slots.
PART NUMBERS DIMENSIONS

KEY # QTY NAME PART NUMBER A B
1 1 TOP 69090 21.00" 4.00"
3 1 SPRING 175SLO
4 1 PLUNGER 69080
5 1 J-BODY 69070-K
ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
1. Drop plunger (4) into top end of J-Body (5), followed by spring (3).
2. Screw top (1) into J-Body and tighten. Install 2 thread locking set screws (2).
1. With J-Body (5) in vise, remove the 2 set screws (2) and break out top (1).
2. Remove spring (3) and plunger (4) from top end of J-Body.

1-1/4" x 2-7/8" 2.12" 1.25" 1.660" EU10Rd 19.38" 2.12" 2.12" 2.12" 3-7/16"
1-1/2" x 3-1/2" 2.81" 1.50" 1.900" EU10Rd 23-3/8" 2.50" 2.62" 2.75" 4-1/4"
2-3/8" x 4" 3.25" 1.50" 2.375" EU8Rd 21" 3.12" 3.25" 3.25" 4"
2-3/8" x 4-1/2"S.H. 3.50" 2.00" 2.375" EU8Rd 23.75" 3.50" 3.50" 3.50" 4"
2-3/8" x 4-1/2"D.P. 3.62" 2.00" 2.375" EU8Rd 23" 3.12" 3.62" 3.62" 4"
2-3/8" x 4-1/2" 3.75" 2.00" 2.375" EU8Rd 23" 3.12" 3.75" 3.75" 4"
2-3/8" x 5-1/2" 4.50" 2.00" 2.375" EU8Rd 28-7/16" 3.12" 3.75" 3.85" 4"
2-7/8" x 5-1/2" 4.50" 2.50" 2.875" EU8Rd - 4.00" 4.50" 4.50" 4"
2-7/8" x 7" 5.50" 2.50" 2.875" EU8Rd 29-3/4" 4.00" 4.50" 4.50" 4"
2-7/8" X 7-5/8" 6.25" 2.50" 2.875" EU8Rd 29-3/4" 4.00" 4.50" 4.50" 4"
2-7/8" x 8-5/8" 7.25" 2.50" 2.875" EU8Rd 29-3/4" 4.00" 4.50" 4.50" 4"
3-1/2" x 7" 5.88" 3.00" 3.500" EU8Rd 26.06" 4.75" 5.00" 5.44" 4"
3-1/2" x 8-5/8" 7.50" 3.00" 3.500" EU8Rd 28.06" 4.75" 5.00" 5.44" 4"
3-1/2" x 9-5/8" 8.25" 3.00" 3.500" EU8Rd 28.06" 4.75" 5.00" 5.44" 4"
3-1/2" x 10-3/4" 9.38" 3.00" 3.500" EU8Rd 28.06" 4.75" 5.00" 5.44" 4"

1-1/4" x 2-7/8" 2.12" 1.25" 1.660" EU10Rd 19.38" 2.12" 2.12" 2.12" 3-7/16"
1-1/2" x 3-1/2" 2.81" 1.50" 1.900" EU10Rd 23-3/8" 2.50" 2.62" 2.75" 4-1/4"
2-3/8" x 4" 3.25" 1.50" 2.375" EU8Rd 21" 3.12" 3.25" 3.25" 4"
2-3/8" x 4-1/2"S.H. 3.50" 2.00" 2.375" EU8Rd 23.75" 3.50" 3.50" 3.50" 4"
2-3/8" x 4-1/2"D.P. 3.62" 2.00" 2.375" EU8Rd 23" 3.12" 3.62" 3.62" 4"
2-3/8" x 4-1/2" 3.75" 2.00" 2.375" EU8Rd 23" 3.12" 3.75" 3.75" 4"
2-3/8" x 5-1/2" 4.50" 2.00" 2.375" EU8Rd 28-7/16" 3.12" 3.75" 3.85" 4"
2-7/8" x 5-1/2" 4.50" 2.50" 2.875" EU8Rd - 4.00" 4.50" 4.50" 4"
2-7/8" x 7" 5.50" 2.50" 2.875" EU8Rd 29-3/4" 4.00" 4.50" 4.50" 4"
2-7/8" X 7-5/8" 6.25" 2.50" 2.875" EU8Rd 29-3/4" 4.00" 4.50" 4.50" 4"
2-7/8" x 8-5/8" 7.25" 2.50" 2.875" EU8Rd 29-3/4" 4.00" 4.50" 4.50" 4"
3-1/2" x 7" 5.88" 3.00" 3.500" EU8Rd 26.06" 4.75" 5.00" 5.44" 4"
3-1/2" x 8-5/8" 7.50" 3.00" 3.500" EU8Rd 28.06" 4.75" 5.00" 5.44" 4"
3-1/2" x 9-5/8" 8.25" 3.00" 3.500" EU8Rd 28.06" 4.75" 5.00" 5.44" 4"
3-1/2" x 10-3/4" 9.38" 3.00" 3.500" EU8Rd 28.06" 4.75" 5.00" 5.44" 4"

1-1/4" x 2-7/8" 2.12" 1.25" 1.660" EU10Rd 19.38" 2.12" 2.12" 2.12" 3-7/16"
1-1/2" x 3-1/2" 2.81" 1.50" 1.900" EU10Rd 23-3/8" 2.50" 2.62" 2.75" 4-1/4"
2-3/8" x 4" 3.25" 1.50" 2.375" EU8Rd 21" 3.12" 3.25" 3.25" 4"
2-3/8" x 4-1/2"S.H. 3.50" 2.00" 2.375" EU8Rd 23.75" 3.50" 3.50" 3.50" 4"
2-3/8" x 4-1/2"D.P. 3.62" 2.00" 2.375" EU8Rd 23" 3.12" 3.62" 3.62" 4"
2-3/8" x 4-1/2" 3.75" 2.00" 2.375" EU8Rd 23" 3.12" 3.75" 3.75" 4"
2-3/8" x 5-1/2" 4.50" 2.00" 2.375" EU8Rd 28-7/16" 3.12" 3.75" 3.85" 4"
2-7/8" x 5-1/2" 4.50" 2.50" 2.875" EU8Rd 4.00" 4.50" 4.50" 4"
2-7/8" x 7" 5.50" 2.50" 2.875" EU8Rd 29-3/4" 4.00" 4.50" 4.50" 4"
2-7/8" X 7-5/8" 6.25" 2.50" 2.875" EU8Rd 29-3/4" 4.00" 4.50" 4.50" 4"
2-7/8" x 8-5/8" 7.25" 2.50" 2.875" EU8Rd 29-3/4" 4.00" 4.50" 4.50" 4"
3-1/2" x 7" 5.88" 3.00" 3.500" EU8Rd 26.06" 4.75" 5.00" 5.44" 4"
3-1/2" x 8-5/8" 7.50" 3.00" 3.500" EU8Rd 28.06" 4.75" 5.00" 5.44" 4"
3-1/2" x 9-5/8" 8.25" 3.00" 3.500" EU8Rd 28.06" 4.75" 5.00" 5.44" 4"
3-1/2" x 10-3/4" 9.38" 3.00" 3.500" EU8Rd 28.06" 4.75" 5.00" 5.44" 4"

2-3/8” EU8RD X 4-1/2” Spring Loaded Overshot Upper Completions
Tubing Connection Casing Size Casing WT Minimum ID Maximum OD
2-3/8" EU8RD 4-1/2" 9.5 - 13.5# 2.00" 3.75"
2-3/8" EU8RD 4-1/2" 15.1 - 16.6# 2.00" 3.75"
PART NUMBERS
KEY # QTY NAME 9.5 - 13.5# 15.1 - 16.6#
1 1 TOP 44330
2 3 SET SCREW 11156C 11155C
3 1 SPRING 238SLO
4 1 J-BODY 44350-K 44325-K
5 1 PLUNGER 44380
DIMENSIONS
A B C D E
3.062" 3.750" 3.00" 24.96" 4.00"
ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURES

1. Drop plunger (5) into top end of J-Body (4), followed 1. With J-Body (4) in vise, remove the 3 set screws (2) and
by spring (3). break out top (1).
2. Screw top (1) into J-Body and tighten. Install 3 thread 2. Remove spring (3) and plunger (5) from top end of J-
locking set screws (2). Body.

2-3/8” EU8RD X 5-1/2” Spring Loaded Overshot Upper Completions
Tubing Connection Casing Size Minimum ID Maximum OD
2-3/8" EU8RD 5-1/2" 2.00" 4.50"
down position and picking up. Cutting teeth are provided on the bottom of the bottom shoe to help cut
through sand and debris. Retrieval of the WLTC Plug is accomplished by lowering the tubing string until the
overshot contacts the plug. A spring inside the overshot helps to prevent inadvertent separation by holding the

KEY # QTY NAME PART NUMBER A B C
1 1 TOP* 44330 3.062" 3.750" 3.00"
2 3 SET SCREW 11156C D E F
3 1 SPRING 238SLO 17.38" 4.00" 4.50"
4 1 PLUNGER 44380
5 1 J-BODY 44360-K
6 1 BOTTOM SHOE 44370

3. Screw bottom shoe to lower end of J-Body and 3. Break bottom shoe off lower end of J-Body.
tighten.

2-7/8” EU8RD Spring Loaded Overshot Upper Completions
2-7/8" EU8RD 7" THROUGH 8-5/8" 2.500" SEE BELOW
down position and picking up. Cutting teeth are provided on the bottom of the bottom shoe to help cut
through sand and debris. Retrieval of the WLTC Plug is accomplished by lowering the tubing string until the
overshot contacts the plug. A spring inside the overshot helps to prevent inadvertent separation by holding the
PART NUMBERS BOTTOM SHOE SELECTOR DIMENSIONS

KEY # QTY NAME PART NUMBER CASING SIZE PART NUMBER O.D. A 4.00"
1 1 TOP 50510 7" 50531 5.500" B 4.50"
2 3 SET SCREW 11168C 7-5/8" 50532 6.250" C 3.25"
3 1 SPRING 50526 8-5/8" 50533 7.50" D 29.75"
4 1 J-BODY 50521-K E 4.00"
5 1 PLUNGER 50540 F SEE CHART
6 1 BOTTOM SHOE SEE CHART

3. Screw bottom shoe (6) to lower end of J-Body and 3. Break bottom shoe (6) off lower end of J-Body.
tighten.

1.660” EU10RD X 2-7/8” Spring Loaded Overshot Upper Completions
1.660" EU10RD 2-7/8" 1.25" 2.125"

KEY # QTY NAME PART NUMBER A B
1 1 TOP 57680 3.062" 3.750"
3 1 SPRING 125SLO
4 1 PLUNGER 57690
5 1 J-BODY 57700-K


1.900” EU10RD X 3-1/2” Spring Loaded Overshot Upper Completions
1.900" EU10RD 3-1/2" 1.500" 2.81"

KEY # QTY NAME PART NUMBER
1 1 TOP 68601 A 2.50”
2 3 SET SCREW 11156C B 2.62”
3 1 SPRING 15SLO C 2.75”
4 1 PLUNGER 68610 D 4.00”
5 1 J-BODY 68580-K E 23.38”
6 1 SHOE 68560

3. Screw bottom shoe (6) to lower end of J-Body and 3. Break bottom shoe (6) off lower end of J-Body.
tighten.

1-1/4" x 2-7/8" 2.12" 1.25" 1.660" EU10Rd 19.38" 2.12" 2.12" 2.12" 3-7/16"
1-1/2" x 3-1/2" 2.81" 1.50" 1.900" EU10Rd 23-3/8" 2.50" 2.62" 2.75" 4-1/4"
2-3/8" x 4" 3.25" 1.50" 2.375" EU8Rd 21" 3.12" 3.25" 3.25" 4"
2-3/8" x 4-1/2"S.H. 3.50" 2.00" 2.375" EU8Rd 23.75" 3.50" 3.50" 3.50" 4"
2-3/8" x 4-1/2"D.P. 3.62" 2.00" 2.375" EU8Rd 23" 3.12" 3.62" 3.62" 4"
2-3/8" x 4-1/2" 3.75" 2.00" 2.375" EU8Rd 23" 3.12" 3.75" 3.75" 4"
2-3/8" x 5-1/2" 4.50" 2.00" 2.375" EU8Rd 28-7/16" 3.12" 3.75" 3.85" 4"
2-7/8" x 5-1/2" 4.50" 2.50" 2.875" EU8Rd 4.00" 4.50" 4.50" 4"
2-7/8" x 7" 5.50" 2.50" 2.875" EU8Rd 29-3/4" 4.00" 4.50" 4.50" 4"
2-7/8" X 7-5/8" 6.25" 2.50" 2.875" EU8Rd 29-3/4" 4.00" 4.50" 4.50" 4"
2-7/8" x 8-5/8" 7.25" 2.50" 2.875" EU8Rd 29-3/4" 4.00" 4.50" 4.50" 4"
3-1/2" x 7" 5.88" 3.00" 3.500" EU8Rd 26.06" 4.75" 5.00" 5.44" 4"
3-1/2" x 8-5/8" 7.50" 3.00" 3.500" EU8Rd 28.06" 4.75" 5.00" 5.44" 4"
3-1/2" x 9-5/8" 8.25" 3.00" 3.500" EU8Rd 28.06" 4.75" 5.00" 5.44" 4"
3-1/2" x 10-3/4" 9.38" 3.00" 3.500" EU8Rd 28.06" 4.75" 5.00" 5.44" 4"

1-1/4" x 2-7/8" 2.12" 1.25" 1.660" EU10Rd 19.38" 2.12" 2.12" 2.12" 3-7/16"
1-1/2" x 3-1/2" 2.81" 1.50" 1.900" EU10Rd 23-3/8" 2.50" 2.62" 2.75" 4-1/4"
2-3/8" x 4" 3.25" 1.50" 2.375" EU8Rd 21" 3.12" 3.25" 3.25" 4"
2-3/8" x 4-1/2"S.H. 3.50" 2.00" 2.375" EU8Rd 23.75" 3.50" 3.50" 3.50" 4"
2-3/8" x 4-1/2"D.P. 3.62" 2.00" 2.375" EU8Rd 23" 3.12" 3.62" 3.62" 4"
2-3/8" x 4-1/2" 3.75" 2.00" 2.375" EU8Rd 23" 3.12" 3.75" 3.75" 4"
2-3/8" x 5-1/2" 4.50" 2.00" 2.375" EU8Rd 28-7/16" 3.12" 3.75" 3.85" 4"
2-7/8" x 5-1/2" 4.50" 2.50" 2.875" EU8Rd - 4.00" 4.50" 4.50" 4"
2-7/8" x 7" 5.50" 2.50" 2.875" EU8Rd 29-3/4" 4.00" 4.50" 4.50" 4"
2-7/8" X 7-5/8" 6.25" 2.50" 2.875" EU8Rd 29-3/4" 4.00" 4.50" 4.50" 4"
2-7/8" x 8-5/8" 7.25" 2.50" 2.875" EU8Rd 29-3/4" 4.00" 4.50" 4.50" 4"
3-1/2" x 7" 5.88" 3.00" 3.500" EU8Rd 26.06" 4.75" 5.00" 5.44" 4"
3-1/2" x 8-5/8" 7.50" 3.00" 3.500" EU8Rd 28.06" 4.75" 5.00" 5.44" 4"
3-1/2" x 9-5/8" 8.25" 3.00" 3.500" EU8Rd 28.06" 4.75" 5.00" 5.44" 4"
3-1/2" x 10-3/4" 9.38" 3.00" 3.500" EU8Rd 28.06" 4.75" 5.00" 5.44" 4"

2-3/8” K-H Locking Compression Unloader Upper Completions
Tubing Minimum Casing Size Maximum OD Minimum ID Connections
2-3/8" 4-1/2" 3.750" 2.00" 2-3/8" EU8RD
The K-H Locking Compression Unloader provides a means of equalizing differential pressure after completing squeeze cementing or other
remedial work below a compression set packer, such as the Kline CPW Retrievable Squeeze Packer. When the packer is set during squeezing or
treating operations, the Unloader is automatically locked closed (manual locking is available) and cannot be pumped open. The valve may be
opened (and manually locked open) at any time to allow circulation above the packer. This unloading valve has a flow area of 2 sq. In. When open.
Several J-Slot configurations are available with this Unloader, including left hand or right-hand operation. The lock closed position can be automatic
or manual. Talk to your sales representative about the various J-Slots available, to be sure you receive the best one for your situation.

PART NUMBERS
KEY # QTY PART # NAME KEY # QTY PART # NAME
1 1 57440 TOP 7 1 19332 O-RING
2 1 19228 O-RING 8 3 11156C SET SCREW
3 3 11156C SET SCREW 9 1 57460 PORT SUB
4 1 SEE CHARTS MANDREL 10 3 KH238SEAL O-RING SEAL
5 1 17333 O-RING 11 1 19335 O-RING
6 1 5742X * J-BODY 12 3 11156C SET SCREW
* Contact sales representative for part number 13 1 57470 ** BOTTOM
** To connect directly to CPW Packer, use Interface Sub, P/N 57480
DIMENSIONS (inches)
A B C D E F
3.225 2.45" 2.35 6.44 5.81* 40.31*

2-3/8” K-H Locking Compression Upper Completions
Unloader
Note: Because of the close tolerances between sliding parts in the K-H Unloader, it is important to support the components
while screwing or unscrewing threaded parts. It is strongly recommended that the following procedures be used:
1. Remove all nine thread-locking set screws (3, 8 & 12).

2. With Port Sub (9) in vise, unscrew and remove J-Body (6). The Mandrel (4) will pull out of Port Sub at this time.
3. Unscrew and remove bottom (13).
4. With top (1) in vise, unscrew and remove Mandrel, wrenching just below the top.
ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
1. Install all seven O-Rings (2, 5, 7, 10 & 11).

2. With J-Body in vise, slide upper end of Mandrel (4) through lower end of J-Body and move through J-Slot pattern
completely, insuring smooth operation. Leave in locked position.
3. Slide Port Sub (9) onto lower end of Mandrel and start to thread into J-Body, then start bottom (13) threading
into Port Sub. Support Port Sub with vise stand before finishing making up and tightening these threads.
4. Screw and tighten top (1) onto top end of Mandrel, then install all nine thread-locking set screws (3, 8 & 12).
Move Unloader position to locked open.

2-7/8" 5-1/2" 4.500" 2.44" 2-7/8" EU8RD
opened (and manually locked open) at any time to allow circulation above the packer. This unloading valve has a flow area of 2.60 sq. in. when
open.

PART NUMBERS
1 1 SEE TABLE TOP 7 1 19336 O-RING
2 1 19233 O-RING 8 3 11156C SET SCREW
3 3 11156C SET SCREW 9 1 57330 PORT SUB
4 1 57310 MANDREL 10 3 KH278SEAL O-RING SEAL
5 1 19338 O-RING 11 1 19340 O-RING
6 1 5729X * J-BODY 12 3 11156C SET SCREW
* Contact sales representative for part number 13 1 57470 ** BOTTOM
CONNECTIONS
TOP SUB BOTTOM SUB
2-7/8 EUE 57340 57350
3-1/2 IF 57342 57352
** To connect directly to 5-1/2" x 2-7/8" CPW Packer, use Interface Sub P/N 57365; for 7" x 2-7/8" use P/N 57360
DIMENSIONS (inches)
A B C D E F
3.725" 3.06" 2.92" 6.44 5.81* 40.19*
*in position shown

2-7/8” K-H Locking Compression Upper Completions
Unloader

ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
1. Install all seven O-Rings (2, 5, 7, 10 & 11).

2. With J-Body (6) in vise, slide upper end of Mandrel (4) through lower end of J-Body and move through J-Slot
pattern completely, insuring smooth operation. Leave in locked position.
into Port Sub. Support Port Sub with vise stand before finishing making up and tightening these threads.

2-3/8” X 4” K-H Locking Compression Unloader Upper Completions
2-3/8" EU8RD BOX X 1.900
2-3/8" 4" 3.250" 1.500"
EU10RD PIN
opened (and manually locked open) at any time to allow circulation above the packer. This unloading valve has a flow area of 1.81 sq. in. when
open.

2-3/8” X 4” K-H Locking Compression Unloader Upper Completions
PART NUMBERS
1 1 74080 TOP 7 3 19327 O-RING
2 1 19226 O-RING 8 1 74120 PORT SUB
3 3 11158C SET SCREW 9 1 19229 O-RING
4 1 74090 MANDREL 10 3 11158C SET SCREW
5 1 7410X * J-BODY 11 1 74130 ** BOTTOM
6 3 11156C SET SCREW
* Contact sales representative for part number
** To connect directly to CPW Packer, use Interface Sub P/N 74140
DIMENSIONS (inches)
A B C D E
3.12 2.12 6.44 5.00 * 35.44
*in position shown

2-3/8” X 4” K-H Locking Compression Upper Completions
Unloader

ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
1. Install all five O-Rings (2, 7, & 9).

2. With J-Body (5) in vise, slide upper end of Mandrel (4) through lower end of J-Body and move through J-Slot
pattern completely, insuring smooth operation. Leave in locked position.
into Port Sub with vise stand before finishing making up and tightening these threads.

3-1/2" 6-5/8" and up 5.250" 3.000" 3-1/2” EU8Rd
opened (and manually locked open) at any time to allow circulation above the packer.

K-H Unloader Selection Guide Upper Completions
1. Description
The Logan Kline Tools K-H Compression Unloader has many options available for the J-slot.
This guide is a tool to select the best J-slot configuration for your application and to ensure
that the unloader pairs with the CPW packer of your choice.
K-H UNLOADER SIZES

Part Number OD ID Connections
3.250 1.50 2-3/8 EU8Rd Box X 2-3/8 NU10Rd Pin
601-0020-XXXX
3.750 2.00 2-3/8 EU8Rd Box X Pin
601-0025-XXXX 4.500 2.44 2-7/8 EU8Rd Box X Pin
2. J-Slot Options
KH UNLOADER J-SLOT AVAILABLE CONFIGURATIONS

CLOSE OPEN LOCK CLOSE HOOK
RH RH AUTO YES
RH RH AUTO NO
RH RH MANUAL YES
RH RH MANUAL NO
RH LH AUTO YES
RH LH AUTO NO
RH LH MANUAL YES
RH LH MANUAL NO
LH LH AUTO YES
LH LH AUTO NO
LH LH MANUAL YES
LH LH MANUAL NO
LH RH AUTO YES
LH RH AUTO NO
LH RH MANUAL YES
LH RH MANUAL NO
RH NA NA NO
LH NA NA NO
NA NA NA NO
CPW J-SLOT CONFIGURATIONS

LH SET AUTO RELEASE
RH SET AUTO RELEASE
LH SET MANUAL RELEASE
RH SET MANUAL RELEASE

Reference: TU-601 – Revision B - 2019 January HOME OF KLINE TOOLS
CPW J-SLOT Compatible KH Unloader J-slots

ANY LH CLOSE UNLOADER
LH SET
NO LOCK OPEN OR CLOSED
ANY RH CLOSE UNLOADER

RH SET
NO LOCK OPEN OR CLOSED
RH CLOSE, AUTO LOCK RH CLOSE, AUTO LOCK

RH LOCK OPEN – W/HOOK RH LOCK OPEN – NO HOOK

RH CLOSE, MANUAL LOCK RH CLOSE, MANUAL LOCK


RH CLOSE, AUTO LOCK RH CLOSE, AUTO LOCK

LH LOCK OPEN – W/HOOK LH LOCK OPEN – NO HOOK

RH CLOSE, MANUAL LOCK RH CLOSE, MANUAL LOCK


LH CLOSE, AUTO LOCK LH CLOSE, AUTO LOCK


LH CLOSE, MANUAL LOCK LH CLOSE, MANUAL LOCK


LH CLOSE, AUTO LOCK LH CLOSE, AUTO LOCK


LH CLOSE, MANUAL LOCK LH CLOSE, MANUAL LOCK


RH CLOSE – NO LOCK LH CLOSE – NO LOCK NO LOCK OPEN OR CLOSED
This document is uncontrolled when printed. The information contained in these drawings is the sole property of Rubicon Oilfield International – Home
of Kline Tools. Any reproduction in part, or as a whole; without the written permission of Rubicon Oilfield International, is prohibited.

Unloader J-body Configurations Upper Completions
2-3/8" K-H UNLOADER J-BODY CONFIGURATIONS

J-Slot Description J-Body Part Cover Part J-Slot Description J-Body Part Cover Part
Number Number Number Number
R/H Close – R/H Open L/H Close – L/H Open
auto lock, w/ notch 57421 5743D auto lock, w/ notch 5742A 5743E
auto lock, w/o notch 57421N 5743D auto lock, w/o notch 5742AN 5743E
manual lock, w/ notch 57422 5743A manual lock, w/ notch 5742C 5743B
manual lock, w/o notch 57422N 5743A manual lock, w/o notch 5742CN 5743B
R/H Close – L/H Open L/H Close – R/H Open

auto lock, w/ notch 57429 5743E auto lock, w/ notch 57423 5743D
auto lock, w/o notch 57429N 5743E auto lock, w/o notch 57423N 5743D
manual lock, w/ notch 57428 5743B manual lock, w/ notch 57427 5743A
manual lock, w/o notch 57428N 5743B manual lock, w/o notch 57427N 5743A
Specials
R/H close-no lock 57424 5743C
L/H close-no lock 57425 5743C
no lock open or closed 57426 5743C
2-3/8" X 4” K-H UNLOADER J-BODY CONFIGURATIONS

J-Slot Description J-Body Part Cover Part J-Slot Description J-Body Part Cover Part
Number Number Number Number
R/H Close – R/H Open L/H Close – L/H Open
auto lock, w/ notch 74101 7410D auto lock, w/ notch 7410A 7410E
auto lock, w/o notch 74101N 7410D auto lock, w/o notch 7410AN 7410E
manual lock, w/ notch 74102 7410A manual lock, w/ notch 7410C 7410B
manual lock, w/o notch 74102N 7410A manual lock, w/o notch 7410CN 7410B
R/H Close – L/H Open L/H Close – R/H Open

auto lock, w/ notch 74109 7410E auto lock, w/ notch 74103 7410D
auto lock, w/o notch 74109N 7410E auto lock, w/o notch 74103N 7410D
manual lock, w/ notch 74108 7410B manual lock, w/ notch 74107 7410A
manual lock, w/o notch 74108N 7410B manual lock, w/o notch 74107N 7410A
Specials
R/H close-no lock 74104 7410C
L/H close-no lock 74105 7410C
no lock open or closed 74106 7410C

Reference: J-Body Configurations - 2019 January HOME OF KLINE TOOLS
PART NUMBERS
1 1 57510 TOP
2 1 19340 O-RING 8 1 57550 PORT SUB
3 3 11168C SET SCREW 9 3 KH35SEAL SEAL
4 1 57540 MANDREL 10 1 19346 O-RING
5 1 5749X J-BODY 11 1 57520 BOTTOM
6 3 19341 O-RING
DIMENSIONS (inches)
A B C D E F
4.42 3.69 3.00 3.44 6.68 40.56

4-1/2" 8-5/8" and up 6.750" 3.750" 4-1/2” EU8Rd
opened (and manually locked open) at any time to allow circulation above the packer.

PART NUMBERS
1 1 SEE CHART TOP
2 1 19348 O-RING 8 1 57630 PORT SUB
3 9 11168C SET SCREW 9 3 KH45SEAL SEAL
4 1 57580 MANDREL 10 1 19355 O-RING
5 1 5756X J-BODY 11 1 SEE CHART BOTTOM
6 1 19349 O-RING
DIMENSIONS (inches)
A B C D E F
5.56 4.63 3.75 4.56 7.38 45.00
CONNECTIONS Top Sub Bottom Sub

4-1/2” EUE 57601 57625
4-1/2” IF 57600 57610

2-3/8” KTC Tension Unloader Upper Completions
4-1/2” (13.5#) 3.750” 2-3/8" EU8RD
2-3/8” 2.000”
4-1/2” (16.6#) 3.625” 2-3/8" EU8RD*
*Bottom connection is 2-3/8” NU10RD
The Kline Tools Tension Unloading Valve provides a means of equalizing differential pressure after
completing squeeze cementing or other remedial work below a packer. Normally run above a tension set
packer, it will remain open going in or out of the well due to an internal friction device. The tension used to set
the packer will also close the unloader, permitting pressure work below the packer. The unloader can be
opened by setting sufficient weight on the packer to overcome the internal friction device. Resistance to
closing or opening can easily be adjusted in the field, from a minimum of zero (by omitting the friction ring) to
a maximum of approximately 12,000 lbs. (by using 3 of the O-ring springs). The larger of these unloading
valves has a flow area of 2 sq. in. when open, the smaller 1.625 sq. in.
PART NUMBERS
KEY # QTY 13.5# MIN 16.6#MIN NAME KEY # QTY 13.5# MIN 16.6#MIN NAME
1 1 82900 82903 TOP 7 1 82930 82930 CAP
2 2 19228 19228 O-RING 8 0-3* 17233 17233 O-RING SPRING
3 1 82951 82953 SEAL RETAINER 9 1 82911 82911 MANDREL
4 1 19334 19332 O-RING SEAL 10 2 115AN 115AN TORQUE SCREW
5 2 19229 19228 O-RING 11 1 82920 82920 FRICTION RING
6 1 82940 82943 *Shipped with two

DIMENSIONS
A B C
3.25" 4.00" 18.00" (WHEN OPEN)
Caution
• Do not vise or wrench on seal area of mandrel (9)
• Be careful when wrenching on seal retainer (3) - it is thin
ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
1. Install all 4 O-rings (2 & 5) on mandrel, and O-ring seal (4). Screw on seal retainer. Slide mandrel into bottom
end of top (1).
2. Install torque screws (10) through slots in top and screw coupler (6) into top. Insure torque screws are close to
flush with O.D. of top.
3. Spread open friction ring (11) and slide on mandrel until it is against coupler (6). Install desired number of O-ring
springs (8), and screw on cap (7).
4. Tighten all threads. Unloading valve is ready to run.
1. With top (1) in vise, unscrew and remove cap (7), then slide off O-ring springs (8). Spread friction ring (11) and
slide off mandrel (9).
2. Unscrew and remove coupler (6) and torque screws (10). Slide mandrel out of top, then unscrew and remove seal
retainer (3) from mandrel.
3. Prior to reassembly, be sure to remove and replace all O-rings (2 & 5) from mandrel and O-ring seal (4).
FORCE ADJUSTMENT
To adjust the opening or closing force in the field, remove cap (7) and adjust number of O-ring springs (8) on the
outside of the friction ring. For zero force, remove friction ring.
The following force specifications are approximate:
With No O-Rings 1,000 LB With 2 O-Rings 8,000 LB

With 1 O-Ring 4,000 LB With 3-0 Rings 12,000 LB

1.660” KTC Tension Unloader Upper Completions
1.660" EU10RD Box
1.660” 2-7/8” (8.6-8.7#) 2.125” 0.75”
1.315” NU10RD Pin
a maximum of approximately 12,000 lbs. (by using 3 of the O-ring springs). The unloading valve has a flow
area of .455 sq. in. when open.
PART NUMBERS
1 1 57730 TOP 7 1 57770 COUPLER
2 1 19214 O-RING 8 1 57740 CAP
3 2 1154N TORQUE SCREW 9 0-3* 17221 O-RING SPRING
4 1 57780 SEAL RETAINER 10 1 57760 FRICTION RING
5 1 19218 O-RING SEAL 11 1 57750 MANDREL
6 2 19122 O-RING *Shipped with Two

1.660” KTC Tension Unloader Upper Completions
Caution
ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
1. Install all 3 O-rings (2 & 6) on mandrel, and O-ring seal (5). Screw seal retainer onto mandrel and tighten. Slide
mandrel into bottom end of top (1).
3. Spread open friction ring (10) and slide on mandrel until it is against coupler. Install desired number of O-ring
1.
slide off mandrel.
FORCE ADJUSTMENT


1.900” EU10RD KTC Tension Unloader Upper Completions
1.900" 3-1/2" (9.2 - 9.3#) 2.812" 1.25" 1.900" EU10RD
area of .77 sq. in. when open.
PART NUMBERS
1 1 69850 TOP 7 1 69870 COUPLER
2 1 19223 O-RING 8 1 69880 CAP
3 2 1156N TORQUE SCREW 9 0-3* 17226 O-RING SPRING
5 1 19224 O-RING SEAL 11 1 69860 MANDREL
6 2 19131 O-RING 12 1 42020 BOTTOM SUB
*Shipped with Two

1.900” EU10RD KTC Tension Unloader Upper Completions
Caution
ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
1. Install all 3 O-rings (2 & 6) on mandrel, and O-ring seal (5). Screw seal retainer onto mandrel and tighten. Slide
4. Screw bottom sub (12) onto mandrel. Tighten all threads. Unloading valve is ready to run.
1.
1. With mandrel (11) in vise, break off and remove bottom sub (12).
slide off mandrel.
FORCE ADJUSTMENT


2-7/8” EU8RD KTC Tension Unloader Upper Completions
2-7/8" 5-1/2 (23#) 4.500" 2.500" 2-7/8" EU8RD
area of 2 sq. in. when open.
PART NUMBERS
1 1 82800 TOP 7 1 82830 CAP
2 1 19335 O-RING 8 0-3* 17341 O-RING SPRING
3 1 82850 SEAL RETAINER 9 1 82810 MANDREL
4 1 19338 O-RING SEAL 10 2 115AN TORQUE SCREW
5 1 19339 O-RING 11 1 82820 FRICTION RING
6 2 19122 O-RING
*Shipped with Two

2-7/8” EU8RD KTC Tension Unloader Upper Completions
Caution

ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
1. Install O-rings (2 & 5) on mandrel, and O-ring seal (4). Screw seal retainer onto mandrel and tighten. Slide
1.
3. Prior to reassembly, be sure to remove and replace all O-rings from mandrel and coupler.
FORCE ADJUSTMENT
To adjust the opening or closing force in the field, remove cap and adjust number of O-ring springs on the outside of
the friction ring. For zero force, remove friction ring.

DIMENSIONS (BOTH SIZES)

A B C
3.88" 4.00" 18.00"

3-1/2" 6-5/8"(32#) 5.44" 3.00" 3-1/2" EU8RD
a maximum of approximately 12,000 lbs. (by using 3 of the O-Ring springs). The unloading valve has a flow
area of 2-1/4 sq. in. when open.
PART NUMBERS
1 1 69690 TOP 7 1 69650 COUPLER
2 1 19340 O-RING 8 1 69630 CAP
3 1 69680 BODY 9 0-3* 17347 O-RING SPRING
4 1 69670 SEAL REATINER 10 1 69640 MANDREL
5 1 19343 O-RING SEAL 11 1 69660 FRICTION RING
6 1 19344 O-RING *Shipped with Two

Caution
ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
1. Install O-Rings (2) on mandrel, and O-Ring seal (5). Screw on seal retainer. Slide mandrel into bottom end of top
(1), insuring lugs on mandrel enter slots in top.
2. Install O-Ring in groove in coupler (7). Screw body (3) onto top and screw coupler into body.
3. Spread open friction ring (11) and slide on mandrel until it is against coupler. Install desired number of O-Ring
1.
1. With body (3) in vise, unscrew and remove cap (8), then slide off O-Ring springs (9). Spread friction ring (11) and
2. Unscrew and remove top (1) and coupler (7) from body. Slide mandrel out of top, then unscrew and remove seal
3. Prior to reassembly, be sure to remove and replace all O-Rings from mandrel and coupler.
FORCE ADJUSTMENT
To adjust the opening or closing force in the field, remove cap and adjust number of O-Ring springs on the outside of
the friction ring. For zero force, remove friction ring.
With No Springs 1,000 LB With 2 Springs 8,000 LB

With 1 Spring 4,000 LB With 3 Springs 12,000 LB

A B C
4.75" 2.75" 19.62"

2-3/8” SH KTC Tension Unloader Upper Completions
Casing Size Maximum OD Minimum ID Connections
2-7/8" EU8RD
4-1/2” Drill Pipe 3.625 2.000"
2-3/8” NU10RD Pin
PART NUMBERS
1 1 82903 TOP 7 2 19228 O-RING
2 2 19228 O-RING 8 1 82943 COUPLER
3 1 82913 MANDREL 9 1 82933 CAP
4 2 1158N TORQUE SCREW 10 3 19232 O-RING SPRINGS
6 1 19332 SEAL
*Shipped with Two

A B C D
3.25" 3.75" 2.59” 18.00"

7" WLTC Type B Ball Catcher Assembly Upper Completions
The drawing above shows the top part of a WLTC retrievable bridge plug assembled with a ball catcher. This Ball Catcher can be used for running
on tubing or on wireline. It has the capacity to hold 320 balls. The information below shows the names of components and their part numbers, as
well as assembly and disassembly instructions, dimensional data and running procedures.

PART NUMBERS
BALL CATCHER PARTS BRIDGE PLUG PARTS
KEY # QTY PART NAME PART NUMBER KEY # QTY PART NAME PART NUMBER
4 1 MANDREL EXTENSION 62180-K 1 1 PULLING HEAD CAP 70692
5 1 BALL GUIDE 62170 2 1 PULLING HEAD 70700
6 1 BALL BASKET 62200-K 3 3 SET SCREW 11168C
7 3 SET SCREW 11168C 8 1 UPPER MANDREL 70710
10b 1 SPRING HOUSING FOR BALL CACHER 70941 9 1 SPRING RING 70750
10 1 SPRING HOUSING 70940
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
CAPACITY A B C D E F G H J K
320 BALL 3.50 2.88 2.25 2.88 1.50 13.44 5.99 5.50 24.06 16.31

Note: Do not use the standard bridge plug spring housing, but use the spring housing provided with the ball catcher
1. Remove the thread locking set screws (3) and remove the pulling head (2) and cap (1).
2. Screw the mandrel extension (4) to the upper mandrel (8), then the pulling head and cap to the mandrel
extension.
3. Tighten these threads and install the thread locking set screws (3 & 7).
4. Remove the standard 7" spring housing and replace with the special spring housing (10).
OPERATION
1. Run the WLTC bridge plug, with the ball catcher assembly installed, to setting depth and set the bridge plug
in the normal manner.
2. At the end of the FRAC operation, ball sealers that are not trapped in the perforations will accumulate in the ball
basket.
3. Re-set or retrieve the bridge plug in the normal manner.

4-1/2" WLTC Type B Ball Catcher Assembly Upper Completions
on tubing or on wireline. There are two different ball capacities available, 200 ball and 300 ball. The information below shows the names of
components and their part numbers, as well as assembly and disassembly instructions, dimensional data and running procedures.

PART NUMBERS
4a 1 200 BALL MANDREL EXTENSION 62040-K 1 1 PULLING HEAD CAP * 61290
4b 1 300 BALL MANDREL EXTENSION 62041-K 2 1 PULLING HEAD CAP * 61270
5a 1 200 BALL BASKET/SPRING HSG 62016-K 3 3 SET SCREW * 11156C
5b 1 300 BALL BASKET/SPRING HSG 62017-K 7 1 UPPER MANDREL 61570
6 3 SET SCREW 11168C 8 1 SPRING RING 61550
* THESE ARE 4" WLTC PARTS AND MUST BE USED WHEN 9 1 THRUST SPRING 61375
RUNNING A 4-1/2" WLTC WITH A BALL CATCHER 10 1 UPPER SLIP SLEEVE 61460
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
CAPACITY A B C D E F G H J K
200 BALL 2.75 2.12 1.88 3.75 2.25 0.88 4.38 31.38 10.50 32.81
300 BALL 2.75 2.12 1.88 3.75 2.25 0.88 4.38 40.38 10.50 41.81

4-1/2" WLTC Type B Ball Catcher Upper Completions
Assembly
Note: Do not use the standard bridge plug spring housing, but use the basket/spring housing provided with the ball catcher
1. Remove the thread locking set screws (6) and remove the pulling head and cap.
2. Screw the mandrel extension (4a or 4b) to the upper mandrel, then the 4" pulling head (2) and 4" cap (1).
3. Tighten these threads and install the thread locking set screws (3 & 6).
4. Remove the standard 4-1/2" spring housing and replace with the ball basket/spring housing (5a or 5b)
OPERATION
1. Run the WLTC bridge plug, with the ball catcher assembly installed, to setting depth and set the bridge plug in the
normal manner.
2. At the end of the FRAC operation, ball sealers that are not trapped in the perforations will accumulate in the ball
basket.

on tubing or on wireline. There are two different ball capacities available, 200 ball and 400 ball. The information below shows the names of
components and their part numbers, as well as assembly and disassembly instructions, dimensional data and running procedures.

PART NUMBERS
4a 1 200 BALL MANDREL EXTENSION 62101-K 1 1 PULLING HEAD CAP 61480
4b 1 400 BALL MANDREL EXTENSION 62102-K 2 1 PULLING HEAD 61530
5a 1 200 BALL BASKET 62071-K 3 3 SET SCREW 11168C
5b 1 400 BALL BASKET 62073-K 7 1 UPPER MANDREL 61570
6 3 SET SCREW 11168C 8 1 SPRING RING 61550
9b 1 SPRING HOUSING FOR BALL CATCHER 62080 9 1 SPRING HOUSING 61700
11 1 UPPER SLIP SLEEVE 61650
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
CAPACITY A B C D E F G H J
200 BALL 3.25 2.62 1.99 4.5 2.88 1.00 19.75 12.88 20.00
400 BALL 3.25 2.62 1.99 4.5 2.88 1.00 36.25 12.88 31.25

5-1/2" WLTC Type B Ball Catcher Upper Completions
Assembly
Note: Do not use the standard bridge plug spring housing, but use the modified ball basket provided with the ball catcher
1. Remove the thread locking set screws (3) and remove the pulling head (1) and cap (2).
2. Screw the mandrel extension (4a or 4b) to the upper mandrel, then the 4" pulling head (2) and 4" cap (1).
3. Remove the standard 5-1/2" spring housing and replace with the new spring housing (9).
4. Screw the ball basket (5a or 5b) to the new spring housing.
OPERATION
1. Run the WLTC bridge plug, with the ball catcher assembly installed, to setting depth and set the bridge plug
in the normal manner.
2. At the end of the FRAC operation, ball sealers that are not trapped in the perforations will accumulate in the
ball basket.

WLTC Running Procedures Upper Completions
SETTING PROCEDURES – MECHANICAL SET CONFIGURATION
Make up WLTC spring loaded overshot onto bottom end of tubing string, then latch pulling head of bridge plug into
overshot and run tubing to setting depth. The fluid bypass will remain open while running, to minimize swabbing of
packing elements. Pick up tubing and rotate (right or left hand, depending on j-slots in the plug) one-quarter turn at the
plug. Slack off weight to close the bypass, set the slips, and move the j-slots to the locked position. Remove setting
torque. To pack off elements, set additional weight if available or, when setting shallow, pull tension. Compression or
tension required to fully pack off elements depends on several variables (well temperature, element hardness, etc.). Force
shown below should be sufficient in most applications.
APPROXIMATE FORCE REQUIRED TO PACK-OFF ELEMENTS (LB.)

BRIDGE PLUG SIZE 2-7/8” 3-12” 4” 4-1/2 & 5” 5-1/2” 6-5/8 & 7-5/8” 8-5/8” 9-5/8” 10-3/4”
TENSION OR COMPRESSION 5,000 6,000 8,000 10,000 12,000 14,000 17,000 19,000 22,000
To detach the tubing string from the WLTC bridge plug, slack off, hold left-hand torque and pick up. The plug will now
remain in position, solidly resisting mechanical or hydraulic forces from above or below, and provide a leak free seal in the
casing. When performing stimulation or cementing operations above, spot sand on top as required, protecting the bridge
plug.
RELEASING PROCEDURES – MECHANICAL OR WIRELINE SET CONFIGURATION
Note: After the WLTC bridge plug has been set on wireline, it releases the same as if it had been set on tubing.
With the WLTC spring loaded overshot at bottom of tubing string, move down onto the bridge plug, circulating fluid as
required. The overshot will automatically latch onto the pulling head. Once engaged, continue to circulate to wash off
fluid ports and upper slips. Slack off, rotate to the right, and pick up until resistance is felt. At this time, the fluid bypass will
open. Allow sufficient time for differential pressure to equalize before continuing. If ports are still plugged, slack off and
continue circulation, raising and lowering tubing until differential can be equalized.
Now pull tension against plug until upper slips are pulled free and tubing moves up without resistance. The bridge plug
will re-latch in the run-in/retrieving position. If the plug was run in the mechanical set configuration, or has a drag block
retention kit installed, it may be re-set in other locations as needed. In either configuration, the WLTC bridge plug can now
be pulled from well.

WLTC Running Procedures Upper Completions
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE RATING
WLTC retrievable bridge plugs are rated to 10,000 psi differential, from above or below, in sizes from 2-7/8” through
7”. In simulations conducted in test wells, at ambient surface temperatures, the bridge plugs showed no problems in
withstanding these pressures. In certain situations, including high temperatures (over 300 f.), washed out casing, and
other non-standard conditions, this performance may be degraded.

2-7/8" & 3-1/2" WLTC Wireline Upper Completions
Adapter Kit
The drawing above shows a WLTC Retrievable Bridge Plug assembled for running and setting on wireline. It
is shown attached to a baker #5 wireline pressure setting assembly. If a 1-11/16" go setting gun is used, these
procedures will also apply. Procedures for assembling the bridge plug for wireline setting, or converting a plug
assembled for mechanical setting to wireline setting, are shown elsewhere. Note that the bridge plug control
lugs are in the wireline setting position (location a) rather than the mechanical run-in position (location b). The
procedures below the charts describe attaching the WLTC to the setting tool, which should be accomplished
with the plug and setting tool in the horizontal position. Note that a slow burn charge should be used. Note
that the drawing above does not show drag blocks, as they are not used when setting the tool on wireline.
PART NUMBERS FOR WIRELINE SETTING KITS

1-11/16" GO BAKER #5
KEY # QTY PART NAME
2-7/8" 3-1/2" 2-7/8" 3-1/2"
1 1 OUTER ADAPTER 61761 61781 61760 61780
2 2 SET SCREW 11144C 11146C 11144C 11146C
3 1 INNER ADAPTER 61811 61810
4 1 SETTING SLEEVE 61770 61790 61770 61790
PART NUMBERS FOR WIRELINE SHEAR KITS (same for either gun)
KEY # QTY PART NAME TOOL SIZE SHEAR VALUE PART NUMBER
2-7/8" 61825
5 1 SHEAR NUT 12,000 LB.
3-1/2" 61820
6 1 SET SCREW 2-7/8" & 3-1/2" N/A 11136F
5 2-7/8" 3650 LB. *
7 UPPER SHEAR SCREW 11636F
6 3-1/2" 4400 LB. *
8 2 LOWER SHEAR SCREW 2-7/8" & 3-1/2" 4500 LB. * 16801
* SHEAR VALUES SHOWN ARE THE TOTAL FOR ALL SCREWS

2-7/8" & 3-1/2" WLTC Wireline Upper Completions
Adapter Kit
DIMENSIONAL DATA (same for either gun)

DIMENSION 2-7/8" 3-1/2"
A 2.125" 2.750"
B 19.38" 22.75"
ASSEMBLING WLTC BRIDGE PLUG TO A WIRELINE SETTING GUN
1. Remove pulling head cap (9) and slide onto inner adapter (3). Screw shear nut (5) onto lower end of inner adapter
and install set screw (5).
2. Slide setting sleeve (4) up over bottom end of setting gun and screw outer adapter (1) into gun.
3. Screw inner adapter into bottom end of setting gun and tighten. Reinstall pulling head cap and tighten.
4. Slide setting sleeve down and screw over the outer adapter until bottom end is tight against shoulder provided on
bridge plug. Install set screws (2).
5. Run setting gun/bridge plug assembly into well to setting depth and set per standard setting gun procedures,
using a slow burn charge.

4", 4-1/2" & 5" WLTC Wireline Upper Completions
Adapter Kit
is shown attached to a baker #10 wireline pressure setting assembly. If another gun is used, these procedures
will also apply. Procedures for assembling the bridge plug for wireline setting, or converting a plug assembled
for mechanical setting to wireline setting, are shown elsewhere. Note that the bridge plug control lugs are in
the wireline setting position (location a) rather than the mechanical run-in position (location b). The
procedures below the charts describe attaching the WLTC to the setting tool, which should be accomplished
with the plug and setting tool in the horizontal position. Note that a slow burn charge should be used.
Note that the drawing above does not show drag blocks, as they are not normally used when setting the tool
on wireline. However, after setting on wireline, it's often necessary to relocate the bridge plug with tubing,
which requires drag blocks. Procedures are shown on the next page for assembling drag blocks in the bridge
plug, allowing relocation.

KEY # QTY PART NAME 4" 4-1/2" D.P. 4-1/2" & 5"
1 2 SET SCREW 11133C 11144C
2 2 SET SCREW 11155C 11158C
3 1 OUTER ADAPTER 61850 61880
5 1 SET SCREW 11155C 11155C
6 1 SHEAR RING RETAINER 61830 61080
7 1 SETTING SLEEVE 61840 61862 61860
PART NUMBERS FOR WIRELINE SHEAR KITS

4" 30,000 LB. 61094
8 1 SHEAR RING 30,000 LB. 61091
ALL 4-1/2" & 5"
35,000 LB. 61090
6 4" 10,500 LB. *
9 UPPER SHEAR SCREW VS1XW
8 ALL 4-1/2" & 5" 14,000 LB. *
10 2 LOWER SHEAR SCREW ALL 4", 4-1/2" AND 5" 10,000 LB. * 1166BC

4", 4-1/2" & 5" WLTC Wireline Upper Completions
Adapter Kit
DIMENSIONAL DATA
DIMENSION 4" 4-1/2" D.P. 4-1/2" & 5"
A 3.50" 3.50" 3.50"
B 4.75" 6.19" 6.19"
C 23.81" 24.06" 24.06"
D 3.250" 3.620" 3.750"
1. Remove pulling head cap (11) and slide onto inner adapter (4). Slide shear ring (8) onto shear ring retainer (6).
Tighten shear ring retainer into inner adapter and install set screw (5).
2. Slide setting sleeve (7) up over bottom end of setting gun and screw outer adapter (3) onto gun. Install set screws
(1).
3. Screw inner adapter into bottom end of setting gun and tighten. Reinstall pulling head cap and tighten.

5-1/2" Through 10-3/4" Upper Completions
WLTC Wireline Adapter Kit
is shown attached to a baker #20 wireline pressure setting assembly. If another setting gun is used, these
procedures would not apply. Procedures for assembling the bridge plug for wireline setting, or converting a
plug assembled for mechanical setting to wireline setting, are shown elsewhere. Note that the bridge plug
control lugs are in the wireline setting position (location a) rather than the mechanical run-in position (location
b). The procedures below the charts describe attaching the WLTC to the #20 setting tool, which should be
accomplished with the plug and setting tool in the horizontal position. Note that a slow burn charge should be
used.
Note that the drawing above does not show drag blocks, as they are not normally used when setting the tool
on wireline. However, after setting on wireline, it's often necessary to relocate the bridge plug with tubing,
which requires drag blocks. Procedures are shown on page 2 for assembling drag blocks in the bridge plug (5-
1/2" - 7-5/8" only), allowing relocation.

KEY # QTY PART NAME 5-1/2" - 8-5/8" 9-5/8" - 10-3/4"
1 2 SET SCREW 11145C 11145C
2 2 SET SCREW 11155C 11155C
3 2 SET SCREW 11156C 11156C
4 1 OUTER ADAPTER 61900 61901
6 2 SET SCREW 11155C 11156C
7 1 SHEAR RING RETAINER 61080 61980
8 1 SETTING SLEEVE 61960 61960

PART NUMBERS FOR WIRELINE SHEAR KITS

40,000 LB. 61092
5-1/2"
45,000 LB. 61097
9 1 SHEAR RING 7" 47,000 LB. 61093
7" & 8-5/8" 61095
55,000 LB.
9-5/8" & 10-3/4" 61096
10 8 UPPER SHEAR SCREW 5-1/2" - 10-3/4" 14,000 LB. * VS1XW
5-1/2" & 7" 1168CC
11 2 LOWER SHEAR SCREW 8-5/8" 16,000 LB. * 61804A
9-5/8" & 10-3/4" 1168CC
DIMENSIONAL DATA
DIMENSION 5-1/2" - 8-5/8" 9-5/8" - 10-3/4"
A 3.25" 3.25"
B 5.44" 7.38"
C 25.50" 25.50"
D 4.50" 4.50"
1. Remove pulling head cap (16) and slide onto inner adapter (5). Slide shear ring (9) onto shear ring retainer (7).
Tighten shear ring retainer to inner adapter and install set screws (6).
2. Slide setting sleeve (8) up over bottom end of setting gun and screw outer adapter (4) onto gun. Install set screws
(1).
3. Screw inner adapter onto bottom end of setting gun and install set screws (6). Reinstall pulling head cap and
tighten.
OPTION FOR SETTING WLTC IN ANOTHER LOCATION AFTER SETTING ON WIRELINE
The WLTC bridge plug can be run and set on wireline in a way that allows the tool to be re-set with tubing in a different
location before removing it from the well. This requires that drag blocks be used, but shear pinned in the retracted
position while running and setting on wireline. While the plug is setting, the shear screws will be broken, and the drag
blocks will expand to the casing wall. When tubing is then run to retrieve the tool, the WLTC will perform the same as
when run mechanically, and can be re-set, either higher or lower, before it is retrieved.

A Drag Block Retention Kit is available to convert a standard WLTC bridge plug for this purpose (5-1/2" through 7-5/8"
only),or can be installed before shipping new plugs. It includes a special set of drag blocks and springs, with holes for
shear screws; and a retention sleeve that fits inside the control body, with threaded holes to receive the shear screws. The
sleeve has multiple sets of holes, to allow several wireline settings without removing the brass ends of the screws.
PART NUMBERS FOR DRAG BLOCK RETENTION KITS

QTY PART NAME 5-1/2" 7" & 7-5/8" PART NAME PART NUMBERS AND QUANTITIES
1 RETENTION SLEEVE 61600 70755 DRAG BLOCK FOR RETENTION THE QUANTITIES FOR THESE ARE THE SAME
AS FOR THE STD. BRIDGE PLUG. THE PART
* BRASS RETENTION SCREW 1032150 DRAG BLOCK SPRING FOR RETENTION NUMBERS ARE THE SAME, BUT WITH 1 AT
THE END INSTEAD OF 0.
* ONE FOR EACH DRAG BLOCK
LOWER SECTION OF WLTC BRIDGE PLUG WITH DRAG BLOCK RETENTION OPTION INSTALLED

3-1/2" Extra Heavy Duty Circulating Tubing Swivel Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS
STATIC THRUST CAPACITY PRESSURE RATING TUBING CONNECTIONS INPUT CONNECTION ELEVATOR SIZE
3-1/2" EU8RD (STD.) 1 EA. 2" LINE PIPE (STD.)
308,000 LB. 10,000 PSI 2-7/8" & 3-1/2"
- ASK ABOUT OPTIONS - - ASK ABOUT OPTIONS -
DYNAMIC THRUST CAPACITY
131,400 LB.
Description
Kline Circulating Tubing Swivels allow surface connections to remain in place while the tubing string is rotated or moved vertically. They provide
a lifting point for the elevators, located above a high capacity thrust bearing, and permit one or two connections for discharge or flow lines. A single
in-line connection, allowing wireline tools to run through the swivel, is an option. Kline tubing swivels are designed for relatively slow rotation and
cannot be used for drilling operations.

3-1/2" Extra Heavy Duty Circulating Tubing Swivel Upper Completions
PART NUMBERS
KEY # QTY PART NUMBER PART NAME KEY # QTY PART NUMBER PART NAME
1 1 SEE OPTIONS HANDLING SUB 6 1 52035 MANDREL
2 1 SEE OPTIONS INPUT SUB 7 1 30020 THRUST BEARING
3 1 17343 O-RING 8 1 52025 BODY
4 1 17368 O-RING 9 1 17345 O-RING
5 2 51126U U-CUP SEAL 10 2 1154N GREASE PLUG
11 1 SEE OPTIONS SAVER SUB
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
A B C D E F G
4.50 3.75 3.06 9.00 4.45 12.69 43.16
OPTIONS CHART
HANDLING SUB INPUT SUB SAVER SUB
2-7/8 & 3-1/2 SHOULDERS (STD.) 52010 STANDARD (SINGLE 2-3/8 L.P. SIDE PORT) 52046 STD. (3-1/2 EU8RD PIN) 52050
WIRELINE W/ 3-1/2 EU8RD BOX 52018 TWO 2-3/8 L.P. SIDEPORTS 52047 2-7/8 EU8RD PIN 52055
SINGLE 2-3/8" EU8RD SIDEPORT 52048
NO SIDEPORT CONNECTION 52049

3-1/2" Extra Heavy Duty Circulating Upper Completions
Tubing Swivel
SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS
The tubing swivel does not need to be disassembled each time it is used and, unless leaks occur, or severe service is
encountered, can merely be re-greased every few runs. However, the swivel should be disassembled and cleaned each
time it has cement run through it, to insure a sheath does not build up between the top portion of the mandrel and the
input sub. This will greatly reduce wear on the sealing surface of the mandrel.
GREASING INSTRUCTIONS
Replace one grease plug with a 1/4" n.p.t. grease fitting and loosen the other until only one or two threads are holding.
Pump grease through fitting until cavity is full and air is removed. Replace grease plugs.
ASSEMBLY
Note: Use grease liberally while assembling.
1. Install thrust bearing assembly (7) into body (8). Be sure to install the larger O.D. plate first, followed by the roller
section and the smaller plate.
2. Install O-ring (3) and u-cup seals (5) into input sub (2). Be sure u-cups face as shown on drawing (open side of u
faces up on tool). Install remaining two O-rings onto input sub (4) and inside body (9).
Note: While screwing parts together in next step, leave one grease plug (10) out so air can escape. All air should be gone and
only grease coming out of grease plug hole when finished. Tighten grease plugs when finished.
3. With body (8) in vise, slide mandrel (6) through, screw input sub (2) into body (left hand thread), then handling
sub (1) into input sub (left hand thread).
4. Tighten threads and insure that mandrel (6) will rotate.
DISASSEMBLY
1. With body (8) in vise, unscrew and remove input sub (2) (left hand thread). Unless leaking, it is not necessary to
remove handling sub (1). If it is removed, this is also a left-hand thread.
2. Slide mandrel (6) out of body (8) and remove the three components of thrust bearing (7) (roller section and two
plates).
3. Remove u-cup seals (5) from input sub (2), using ice pick or similar device (seals must be replaced once
removed), and the three O-rings (3,4 & 9).

2-7/8" Circulating Tubing Swivel Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS
90,000 LBS. W/ROTATION 2-7/8" EU8RD (STD.) 1 EA. 2" LINE PIPE (STD.)
10,000 PSI 2-3/8" & 2-7/8"
125,000 LBS. W/O ROTATION -ASK ABOUT OPTIONS- -ASK ABOUT OPTIONS-
Description
Kline Circulating Tubing Swivels allow surface connections to remain in place while the tubing string is rotated or moved vertically. They provide
a lifting point for the elevators, located above a high capacity thrust bearing, and permit one or two connections for discharge or flow lines. A single

PART NUMBERS
1 1 SEE OPTIONS HANDLING SUB 6 1 51030 BODY
3 1 17337 O-RING 8 2 1154N GREASE PLUG
4 2 51026U U-CUP SEAL 9 1 17341 O-RING
5 1 17354 O-RING 10 1 SEE OPTIONS MANDREL
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
A B C D E F G
3.75 3.06 2.38 6.50 3.09 12.25 39.50
OPTIONS CHART
HANDLING SUB INPUT SUB MANDREL
2-3/8 & 2-7/8 SHOULDERS 51010 STANDARD (SINGLE 2-3/8 L.P. SIDE PORT) 51000 STANDARD 51040
2-3/8, 2-7/8 & 3-1/2 SHOULDERS 51012 SINGLE 2-3/8" EU8RD SIDEPORT 51006 EXTRA LONG 51042
HOLLOW (FOR WIRELINE) 51014 TWO 2-3/8 L.P. SIDEPORTS 51001

The Tubing Swivel does not need to be disassembled each time it is used and, unless leaks occur, or severe service is
ASSEMBLY
2. Install O-ring (3) and u-cup seals (4) into input sub. Be sure u-cups face as shown on drawing (open side of u
faces up on tool). Install remaining two O-rings (5) & (9) onto sub and inside body.
4. Tighten threads and insure that mandrel will rotate.
DISASSEMBLY
remove handling sub. If it is removed, this is also a left-hand thread.
plates).
3. Remove u-cup seals (4) from input sub (2), using ice pick or similar device (seals must be replaced once removed),
and the three O-rings (3, 5 & 9).

3-1/2" Heavy Duty Circulating Tubing Swivel Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS
3-1/2" EU8RD (STD.) 1 EA. 2" LINE PIPE (STD.)
230,000 LB. 10,000 PSI 2-7/8" & 3-1/2"
- ASK ABOUT OPTIONS - - ASK ABOUT OPTIONS -
DYNAMIC THRUST CAPACITY
116,000 LB.
Description
Kline circulating tubing swivels allow surface connections to remain in place while the tubing string is rotated or moved vertically. They provide a
lifting point for the elevators, located above a high capacity thrust bearing, and permit one or two connections for discharge or flow lines. A single

3-1/2" Heavy Duty Circulating Tubing Swivel Upper Completions
PART NUMBERS
1 1 SEE OPTIONS HANDLING SUB 6 1 52030 MANDREL
3 1 17343 O-RING 8 1 52020 BODY
4 1 17364 O-RING 9 1 17345 O-RING
5 2 51126U U-CUP SEAL 10 2 1154N GREASE PLUG
11 1 SEE OPTIONS SAVER SUB
DIMENSIONS (IN.) - FOR STANDARD TOOL

A B C D E F G
4.50 3.75 3.06 8.00 4.45 12.69 40.38
OPTIONS CHART
HANDLING SUB INPUT SUB SAVER SUB
2-7/8 & 3-1/2 SHOULDERS 52010 STANDARD (SINGLE 2" L.P. SIDE PORT) 52040 STD. (3-1/2 EU8RD PIN) 52050
WIRELINE W/ 3-1/2 EU8RD BOX 52015 TWO 2" L.P. SIDEPORTS 52042 2-7/8 EU8RD PIN 52055
WIRELINE W/ 2-7/8 EU8RD BOX 52012 SINGLE 2-2/3" EUE. SIDEPORT 52044
NO SIDEPORT CONNECTION 52043

3-1/2" Heavy Duty Circulating Tubing Upper Completions
Swivel
The tubing swivel does not need to be disassembled each time it is used and, unless leaks occur, or severe service is
ASSEMBLY
2. Install O-ring (3) and u-cup seals (5) into input sub (2). Be sure u-cups face as shown on drawing (open side of u
faces up on tool). Install remaining two O-rings onto input sub (4) and inside body (9).
4. Tighten threads and insure that mandrel (6) will rotate.
DISASSEMBLY
remove handling sub (1). If it is removed, this is also a left-hand thread.
plates).
3. Remove u-cup seals (5) from input sub (2), using ice pick or similar device (seals must be replaced once removed),
and the three O-rings (3, 4 & 9).

3-1/2” Mechanical Collar Locator Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS
CASING WEIGHT MAX O.D. MIN I.D. CONNECTIONS
3-1/2” 7.7-12.95# 2.62” 1.50” 1.900” EU10RD
PART LIST
KEY # QTY PART # NAME
1 1 44520 BODY
2 12 50120 SPRING
3 4 81508 BLOCK*
4 1 44530 BLOCK RETAINER
5 1 44540 THREADED RETAINER
6 1 WSM225 SPIROLOX RING
DIMENSIONS
A B C
2.75” 3.19” 12.94”
*Carbide tipped block available (p/n 50363)

DESCRIPTION
This Collar Locater provides a means of precisely locating casing collars while running tubing. It can be made up in the
tubing string at any point, usually installed to indicate collar locations while coming out of the well. The body of the Collar
Locater is constructed of P-110 equivalent steel and is of sufficient length to re-cut both box and pin threads several
times. The locater blocks are cast from high carbon steel and induction hardened.
ASSEMBLY
Install blocks (key #3) with four springs (#2) each into body (#1) as shown. Slide on block retainer (4) and screw on
threaded retainer (#5) onto body. Tighten threaded retainer to body, then install Spirolox ring (#6) into groove in body
just below threaded retainer.
DISASSEMBLY
Note: While installed, blocks are under a fair amount of pressure. Care should be taken during these procedures to insure
safety
Using a flat head screwdriver or similar instrument, remove Spirolox ring from groove in body. Unscrew threaded retainer
from body. Retain blocks, then slide off block retainer. Remove blocks and springs.

SPECIFICATIONS
4-1/2” 9.5-13.5# 3.50” 1.94” 2-3/8” EU8RD
PART LIST
1 1 81571 BODY
2 16 50100 SPRING
3 4 81500 BLOCK
DIMENSIONS
A B C D
3.12” 3.50” 5.38” 17.81”

DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY
Install blocks (key #3) with four springs (#2) each into body (#1) as shown. Retain blocks while installing threaded retainer
(#4) onto body. Tighten threaded retainer to body, then install Spirolox ring (#5) into groove in body just below threaded
retainer.
DISASSEMBLY
safety

4-1/2” Drill Pipe Upper Completions
Mechanical Collar Locator
SPECIFICATIONS
4-1/2” 9.5-13.5# 3.50” 1.94” 2-3/8” EU8RD
PART LIST
1 1 81571 BODY
2 16 50100 SPRING
3 4 81500 BLOCK
DIMENSIONS
A B C D
3.12” 3.50” 5.38” 17.81”

4-1/2” Drill Pipe Upper Completions
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY
retainer.
DISASSEMBLY
safety

5” Mechanical Collar Locator Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS
5” 11.5-18# 4.125” 1.94” 2-3/8” EU8RD
PART LIST
1 1 81571 BODY
2 16 50100 SPRING
3 4 81500 BLOCK
DIMENSIONS
A B C D
3.12” 3.50” 5.38” 17.81”

5” Mechanical Collar Locator Upper Completions
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY
retainer.
DISASSEMBLY
safety

SPECIFICATIONS
5-1/2” 13-23# 4.12” 1.94” 2-3/8” EU8RD
PART LIST
1 1 81531 BODY*
2 20 50110 SPRING
3 4 81510 BLOCK
Available with 3-1/2” IF connections (p/n 00905)
DIMENSIONS
A B C D
3.25” 4.12” 5.50” 18.25”

DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY
Install blocks (key #3) with five springs (#2) each into body (#1) as shown. Retain blocks while installing threaded retainer
retainer.
DISASSEMBLY
safety

6-5/8 Through 8-5/8" Upper Completions
SPECIFICATIONS
CASING SIZE O.D. OF LOCATER I.D. OF LOCATER MAX. EXP. OF BLOCKS CONNECTIONS
6-5/8" 6.42"
7" 6.84"
5.25" 2.44" 2-7/8" EU8RD
7-5/8" 7.34"
8-5/8" 8.44"
PART LIST
1 1 81541 BODY
2 24 50110 LEAF SPRING
3 4 SEE CHART LOCATING BLOCK
6 4 MCL70COIL COIL SPRING
DIMENSIONS
A B C D
3.75” 5.25” 5.62” 19.88”
LOCATING BLOCK SELECTION CHART

LOCATING LOCATING
CASING SIZE CASING WEIGHT CASING SIZE CASING WEIGHT
BLOCK BLOCK
6-5/8" 20-32# 81521 7-5/8" 24-47.1# 81525
7" 17-38# 81520 8-5/8" 24-49# 81526

DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY
Install each block (key #3), with six leaf springs (#2) and one coil spring (#6), into body (#1) as shown. Retain blocks while
screwing threaded retainer (#4) onto body. Tighten threaded retainer to body, then install Spirolox ring (#5) into groove
in body just below threaded retainer.
DISASSEMBLY
safety

SPECIFICATIONS
CASING SIZE O.D. OF LOCATER I.D. OF LOCATER MAX. EXP. OF BLOCKS CONNECTIONS
6-5/8" 6.42"
7" 6.84"
5.25" 2.44" 2-7/8" EU8RD
7-5/8" 7.34"
8-5/8" 8.44"
PART LIST
1 1 81541 BODY
2 24 50110 LEAF SPRING
3 4 SEE CHART LOCATING BLOCK
6 4 MCL70COIL COIL SPRING
DIMENSIONS
A B C D
3.75” 5.25” 5.62” 19.88”
LOCATING BLOCK SELECTION CHART

LOCATING LOCATING
CASING SIZE CASING WEIGHT CASING SIZE CASING WEIGHT
BLOCK BLOCK
6-5/8" 20-32# 81521 7-5/8" 24-47.1# 81525
7" 17-38# 81520 8-5/8" 24-49# 81526

DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY
Install each block (key #3), with six leaf springs (#2) and one coil spring (#6), into body (#1) as shown. Retain blocks while
screwing threaded retainer (#4) onto body. Tighten threaded retainer to body, then install Spirolox ring (#5) into groove
in body just below threaded retainer.
DISASSEMBLY
safety

Pressure Balanced Equalizing Valve Upper Completions
1. Description
The KTC Pressure Balanced Equalizing Valve is designed to permit certain packers to run as
solid element bridge plugs. With this Equalizing Valve attached, a mechanically set, locking
packer can be left in the well to serve as a bridge plug during remedial operations. The
Pressure Balanced Valve is then opened prior to retrieval, allowing differential pressure to be
equalized before releasing the packer.
2. Operation
The Equalizing Valve is attached to the top of an appropriate packer (requiring no compression or
tension to remain set)*. The assembly is then latched to the KTC Long-Stroke Overshot and run into
the well. During run-in, the Equalizing Valve is closed, utilizing the fluid bypass in the packer.
The packer is set in the normal fashion, with right hand torque and set down weight. Tension can
then be applied without torque, to tighten the set of the packer. With tubing slacked off, hold left
hand torque and pick up tubing. The Overshot will separate from the assembly, leaving the
Equalizing Valve closed and locked. At this time, any remedial work requiring a packer type
retrievable bridge plug can be accomplished. Pressure differential from above or below will not
pump open the Equalizing Valve.
To retrieve the assembly, the KTC Long Stroke Overshot is run on the bottom of the tubing string.
While coming onto the equalizing Valve, fluid can be circulated to wash the valve free of debris. As
weight is set onto the packer, the Overshot latches. Pick straight up to insure the tubing is latched.
When ready to open the Equalizing Valve, set down, hold right torque, and pick up. The Valve will
open, allowing pressures above and below the packer to equalize, while leaving the packer in the set
position.
The packer can now be released in the usual fashion, normally requiring several turns to the right
and tension. When the packer is released and latched, the assembly may be moved to another
location or removed from the well. While the assembly is pulled, the long stroke of the Overshot
helps ensure that the packer is not inadvertently unlatched.
* The packer used with this valve should require several turns to release (such as Baker Loc-Set or
Brown Husky). Packers that release with merely a quarter turn to the right (such as an Arrowset I)
could be released while attempting to only equalize pressure
SPECIFICATIONS
Tubing Size Connections Overshot OD** Overshot ID
2-3/8” 2.375 EU8Rd Box x Pin 3.75 2.00
2-7/8” 2.875 EU8Rd Box x Pin 4.50 2.50
** This is the smallest O.D. available. With different bottom shoes, the O.D. can be increased to be compatible with
larger casing

Reference: TU-3011 – 2019 January HOME OF KLINE TOOLS
Equalizing Valve Overshot Connections
TUBING MINIMUM CASING SIZE O.D. I.D. (BOX X PIN)
2-3/8" 4-1/2" 3.75" * 2.00" 2-3/8" EU8RD
2-7/8" 5-1/2" 4.62" * 2.50" 2-7/8" EU8RD
* This is the smallest O.D. available. With different shoes, the O.D. can be increased to be compatible with larger casing.
The Pressure Balanced Equalizing Valve is designed to permit certain packers to run as solid element bridge
plugs. With this equalizing valve attached above, a mechanically set locking packer can be left in the well to
serve as a bridge plug during remedial operations. The pressure balanced valve is then opened prior to
retrieval, allowing differential pressure to be equalized before the packer is released. The Kline LSOF Overshot
is used to run and retrieve the pressure balanced equalizing valve.

KEY # QTY 2-3/8” 2-7/8” NAME KEY 2-3/8” 2-7/8”
1 1 69500 57380 PULL RING A 2.62" 3.38"
2 1 69470 57410 STINGER EXTENSION B 1.88" 2.56"
3 1 69460 57370 SLIDING SLEEVE C 3.25" 4.00"
4 1 11168C 11168C SET SCREW D 2.62" 3.38"
5 1 69480 57400 REMOVABLE PIN E 1.94" 2.44"
6 4 19325 19332 O-RING F* 6.59" 7.06"
7 1 69490 57390 STINGER G 1.00” 1.00”
H 32.81" 33.62"
*In position shown

OPERATION
Attach the Pressure Balanced Equalizing Valve to the top of an appropriate packer (requiring no compression or tension to
remain set)*. Latch this assembly to the Kline LSOF Overshot and run into the well. During run in, the equalizing valve is
closed, utilizing the fluid bypass in the packer. The packer is set normally, with right hand torque and set down weight.
Tension can be applied, without torque, to tighten set of the packer. With tubing slacked off, hold left hand torque and
pick up. The overshot will separate from the assembly, leaving the equalizing valve closed and locked. At this time, any
remedial work requiring a packer type retrievable bridge plug can be accomplished. Pressure differential from above or
below will not pump open the equalizing valve.
To retrieve the assembly, the Kline LSOF Overshot is run on the bottom of the tubing string. While coming onto the
equalizing valve, fluid can be circulated to wash the valve free of debris. As weight is set onto the packer, the overshot
latches. Pick straight up to insure the tubing is latched. When ready to open the equalizing valve, set down, hold right
hand torque, and pick up. The valve will open, allowing pressures above and below the packer to equalize, while leaving
the packer in the set position. The packer can now be released in the normal fashion, normally requiring several turns to
the right and tension. When the packer is released and latched, the assembly may be moved to another location or
removed from well. While the assembly is pulled, the long stroke of the overshot helps ensure that the packer is not
inadvertently unlatched.
* The packer used with this valve should require several turns to release (such as Baker Loc-set or Brown Husky). Packers that
release with merely a quarter turn could be released while attempting to only equalize pressure.
ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
1. Install the four O-rings (6) into the dove-tailed O-ring grooves on the stinger (7). Apply a small amount of grease
into the grooves first and take care working the O-rings in fully without damaging them.
2. Slide the sliding sleeve (3) onto the stinger and align the upper part of the J-slot with the large hole near the top
of the stinger.
3. Install removable J-Pin (5) through the slots in the sleeve and hole in the stinger. Retain with set screw (4). Screw
stinger extension (2) into top end of stinger and pull ring (1) onto extension.
4. With upper end of sliding sleeve in vise, tighten the two threads. Work removable J-Pins through the J pattern to
ensure smooth operation.
1. With sliding sleeve (3) in vise, break pull ring (1) off stinger extension (2) and stinger extension out of stinger (7).
2. Remove set screw (4) and tap out removable J-Pin (5). Slide stinger out lower end of sliding sleeve.
3. It is necessary to destroy the four O-rings (6) to remove them. They may be cut through with a knife or stabbed
with an ice pick, then levered out of the grooves.

1. Description
The KTC Pressure Balanced Equalizing Valve is designed to permit certain packers to run as
solid element bridge plugs. With this Equalizing Valve attached, a mechanically set, locking
packer can be left in the well to serve as a bridge plug during remedial operations. The
Pressure Balanced Valve is then opened prior to retrieval, allowing differential pressure to be
equalized before releasing the packer.
2. Operation
The Equalizing Valve is attached to the top of an appropriate packer (requiring no compression or
tension to remain set)*. The assembly is then latched to the KTC Long-Stroke Overshot and run into
the well. During run-in, the Equalizing Valve is closed, utilizing the fluid bypass in the packer.
The packer is set in the normal fashion, with right hand torque and set down weight. Tension can
then be applied without torque, to tighten the set of the packer. With tubing slacked off, hold left
hand torque and pick up tubing. The Overshot will separate from the assembly, leaving the
Equalizing Valve closed and locked. At this time, any remedial work requiring a packer type
retrievable bridge plug can be accomplished. Pressure differential from above or below will not
pump open the Equalizing Valve.
To retrieve the assembly, the KTC Long Stroke Overshot is run on the bottom of the tubing string.
While coming onto the equalizing Valve, fluid can be circulated to wash the valve free of debris. As
weight is set onto the packer, the Overshot latches. Pick straight up to insure the tubing is latched.
When ready to open the Equalizing Valve, set down, hold right torque, and pick up. The Valve will
open, allowing pressures above and below the packer to equalize, while leaving the packer in the set
position.
The packer can now be released in the usual fashion, normally requiring several turns to the right
and tension. When the packer is released and latched, the assembly may be moved to another
location or removed from the well. While the assembly is pulled, the long stroke of the Overshot
helps ensure that the packer is not inadvertently unlatched.
* The packer used with this valve should require several turns to release (such as Baker Loc-Set or
Brown Husky). Packers that release with merely a quarter turn to the right (such as an Arrowset I)
could be released while attempting to only equalize pressure
SPECIFICATIONS
Tubing Size Connections Overshot OD** Overshot ID
2-3/8” 2.375 EU8Rd Box x Pin 3.75 2.00
2-7/8” 2.875 EU8Rd Box x Pin 4.50 2.50
** This is the smallest O.D. available. With different bottom shoes, the O.D. can be increased to be
compatible with larger casing

Reference: TU-3012 – 2019 January HOME OF KLINE TOOLS
HOME OF KLINE TOOLS
www.rubicon-oilfield.com/product/upper-completions/

Kline Technical Units Service Tools and Accessories WEB PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Kline Technical Units Service Tools and Accessories WEB PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Kline Technical Units Service Tools and Accessories WEB PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Technical Data Sheet Product Line

Technical Units – Table of Contents Upper Completions

SERVICE TOOLS Page

For more information

Re-dress kits and rubber goods kits:

For more information

NOTE: Ensure all connections are correctly tightened.

For more information

For more information

CONTROL BODY SELECTION CHART

For more information

10A-5520-XXXX PARTS LIST

ITEM QTY DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

For more information

10A-5520-XXXX ASSEMBLY DRAWING

For more information

For more information

For more information

For more information

CONTROL BODY SELECTION CHART

Right Hand Manual 62571

Fluid Bypass Area: 1.000 Sq. In.

* WITH PACKER IN POSITION SHOWN

For more information

For more information

For more information

For more information

DRESSING CHART CONTROL BODY SELECTION CHART

For more information

CONTROL BODY SELECTION CHART

For more information

For more information

2-3/8" EU8RD BOX

For more information

6 1 44200 Split Ring 19 8 19120 O-Ring 32 3 11336C Slip Spring Screw

For more information

CONTROL BODY SELECTION CHART

For more information

For more information

3-1/2" 7.7 - 9.3# 2.844 1.25" 1.900" EU10RD THREAD

DIMENSIONS (IN.) CONTROL BODY SELECTION CHART

For more information

For more information

For more information

For more information

For more information

DIMENSIONS (IN.) CONTROL BODY SELECTION CHART

For more information

For more information

For more information

For more information

For more information

For more information

For more information

For more information

For more information

CONTROL BODY SELECTION CHART

Fluid bypass area: 1.804 sq. In.